headermove osx - header files
git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/trunk@58168 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775
This commit is contained in:
@@ -1,5 +1,36 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/accel.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/accel.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: accel.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxAcceleratorTable class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_ACCEL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_ACCEL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAcceleratorTable: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAcceleratorTable)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxAcceleratorTable();
|
||||
wxAcceleratorTable(int n, const wxAcceleratorEntry entries[]); // Load from array
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxAcceleratorTable();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
|
||||
bool IsOk() const;
|
||||
|
||||
int GetCommand( wxKeyEvent &event );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern wxAcceleratorTable) wxNullAcceleratorTable;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_ACCEL_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,141 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/app.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/app.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: app.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxApp class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_APP_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_APP_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/object.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowMac;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxApp ;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxKeyEvent;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLog;
|
||||
|
||||
// Force an exit from main loop
|
||||
void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxExit();
|
||||
|
||||
// Yield to other apps/messages
|
||||
bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxYield();
|
||||
|
||||
// Represents the application. Derive OnInit and declare
|
||||
// a new App object to start application
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxApp: public wxAppBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxApp)
|
||||
|
||||
wxApp();
|
||||
virtual ~wxApp() {}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Yield(bool onlyIfNeeded = FALSE);
|
||||
virtual void WakeUpIdle();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetPrintMode(int mode) { m_printMode = mode; }
|
||||
virtual int GetPrintMode() const { return m_printMode; }
|
||||
|
||||
// calling OnInit with an auto-release pool ready ...
|
||||
virtual bool CallOnInit();
|
||||
#if wxUSE_GUI
|
||||
// setting up all MacOS Specific Event-Handlers etc
|
||||
virtual bool OnInitGui();
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_GUI
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool ProcessIdle();
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation only
|
||||
void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnEndSession(wxCloseEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnQueryEndSession(wxCloseEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int m_printMode; // wxPRINT_WINDOWS, wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
static bool sm_isEmbedded;
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv);
|
||||
virtual void CleanUp();
|
||||
|
||||
// the installed application event handler
|
||||
WXEVENTHANDLERREF MacGetEventHandler() { return m_macEventHandler ; }
|
||||
WXEVENTHANDLERREF MacGetCurrentEventHandlerCallRef() { return m_macCurrentEventHandlerCallRef ; }
|
||||
void MacSetCurrentEvent( WXEVENTREF event , WXEVENTHANDLERCALLREF handler )
|
||||
{ m_macCurrentEvent = event ; m_macCurrentEventHandlerCallRef = handler ; }
|
||||
|
||||
// adding a CFType object to be released only at the end of the current event cycle (increases the
|
||||
// refcount of the object passed), needed in case we are in the middle of an event concering an object
|
||||
// we want to delete and cannot do it immediately
|
||||
// TODO change semantics to be in line with cocoa (make autrelease NOT increase the count)
|
||||
void MacAddToAutorelease( void* cfrefobj );
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static wxWindow* s_captureWindow ;
|
||||
static long s_lastModifiers ;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_nCmdShow;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// mac specifics
|
||||
virtual bool DoInitGui();
|
||||
virtual void DoCleanUp();
|
||||
|
||||
WXEVENTHANDLERREF m_macEventHandler ;
|
||||
WXEVENTHANDLERCALLREF m_macCurrentEventHandlerCallRef ;
|
||||
WXEVENTREF m_macCurrentEvent ;
|
||||
CFRunLoopSourceRef m_macEventPosted ;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static long s_macAboutMenuItemId ;
|
||||
static long s_macPreferencesMenuItemId ;
|
||||
static long s_macExitMenuItemId ;
|
||||
static wxString s_macHelpMenuTitleName ;
|
||||
|
||||
WXEVENTREF MacGetCurrentEvent() { return m_macCurrentEvent ; }
|
||||
|
||||
// For embedded use. By default does nothing.
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleUnhandledEvent( WXEVENTREF ev );
|
||||
|
||||
bool MacSendKeyDownEvent( wxWindow* focus , long keyval , long modifiers , long when , short wherex , short wherey , wxChar uniChar ) ;
|
||||
bool MacSendKeyUpEvent( wxWindow* focus , long keyval , long modifiers , long when , short wherex , short wherey , wxChar uniChar ) ;
|
||||
bool MacSendCharEvent( wxWindow* focus , long keymessage , long modifiers , long when , short wherex , short wherey , wxChar uniChar ) ;
|
||||
void MacCreateKeyEvent( wxKeyEvent& event, wxWindow* focus , long keymessage , long modifiers , long when , short wherex , short wherey , wxChar uniChar ) ;
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON
|
||||
// we only have applescript on these
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAEODoc(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAEGURL(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAEPDoc(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAEOApp(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAEQuit(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAERApp(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// in response of an open-document apple event
|
||||
virtual void MacOpenFile(const wxString &fileName) ;
|
||||
// in response of a get-url apple event
|
||||
virtual void MacOpenURL(const wxString &url) ;
|
||||
// in response of a print-document apple event
|
||||
virtual void MacPrintFile(const wxString &fileName) ;
|
||||
// in response of a open-application apple event
|
||||
virtual void MacNewFile() ;
|
||||
// in response of a reopen-application apple event
|
||||
virtual void MacReopenApp() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Hide the application windows the same as the system hide command would do it.
|
||||
void MacHideApp();
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_APP_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,185 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/bitmap.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/bitmap.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: bitmap.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxBitmap class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_BITMAP_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_BITMAP_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/palette.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Bitmap
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap;
|
||||
class wxBitmapRefData ;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapHandler;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxControl;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCursor;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPixelDataBase;
|
||||
|
||||
// A mask is a bitmap used for drawing bitmaps
|
||||
// Internally it is stored as a 8 bit deep memory chunk, 0 = black means the source will be drawn
|
||||
// 255 = white means the source will not be drawn, no other values will be present
|
||||
// 8 bit is chosen only for performance reasons, note also that this is the inverse value range
|
||||
// from alpha, where 0 = invisible , 255 = fully drawn
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMask: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMask();
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy constructor
|
||||
wxMask(const wxMask& mask);
|
||||
|
||||
// Construct a mask from a bitmap and a colour indicating
|
||||
// the transparent area
|
||||
wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
|
||||
|
||||
// Construct a mask from a mono bitmap (black meaning show pixels, white meaning transparent)
|
||||
wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation helper only : construct a mask from a 32 bit memory buffer
|
||||
wxMask(const wxMemoryBuffer& buf, int width , int height , int bytesPerRow ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxMask();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
|
||||
bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
bool Create(const wxMemoryBuffer& buf, int width , int height , int bytesPerRow ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation below
|
||||
|
||||
void Init() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// a 8 bit depth mask
|
||||
void* GetRawAccess() const;
|
||||
int GetBytesPerRow() const { return m_bytesPerRow ; }
|
||||
// renders/updates native representation when necessary
|
||||
void RealizeNative() ;
|
||||
|
||||
WXHBITMAP GetHBITMAP() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxMemoryBuffer m_memBuf ;
|
||||
int m_bytesPerRow ;
|
||||
int m_width ;
|
||||
int m_height ;
|
||||
|
||||
WXHBITMAP m_maskBitmap ;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmap: public wxBitmapBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmap)
|
||||
|
||||
friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapHandler;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxBitmap(); // Platform-specific
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize with raw data.
|
||||
wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize with XPM data
|
||||
wxBitmap(const char* const* bits);
|
||||
|
||||
// Load a file or resource
|
||||
wxBitmap(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Constructor for generalised creation from data
|
||||
wxBitmap(const void* data, wxBitmapType type, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
|
||||
|
||||
// If depth is omitted, will create a bitmap compatible with the display
|
||||
wxBitmap(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert from wxImage:
|
||||
wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, int depth = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert from wxIcon
|
||||
wxBitmap(const wxIcon& icon) { CopyFromIcon(icon); }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxBitmap();
|
||||
|
||||
wxImage ConvertToImage() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// get the given part of bitmap
|
||||
wxBitmap GetSubBitmap( const wxRect& rect ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
|
||||
virtual bool Create(const void* data, wxBitmapType type, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
|
||||
// virtual bool Create( WXHICON icon) ;
|
||||
virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE);
|
||||
virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type, const wxPalette *cmap = NULL) const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmapRefData *GetBitmapData() const
|
||||
{ return (wxBitmapRefData *)m_refData; }
|
||||
|
||||
// copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap
|
||||
virtual bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon);
|
||||
|
||||
int GetWidth() const;
|
||||
int GetHeight() const;
|
||||
int GetDepth() const;
|
||||
void SetWidth(int w);
|
||||
void SetHeight(int h);
|
||||
void SetDepth(int d);
|
||||
void SetOk(bool isOk);
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_PALETTE
|
||||
wxPalette* GetPalette() const;
|
||||
void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
|
||||
|
||||
wxMask *GetMask() const;
|
||||
void SetMask(wxMask *mask) ;
|
||||
|
||||
static void InitStandardHandlers();
|
||||
|
||||
// raw bitmap access support functions, for internal use only
|
||||
void *GetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data, int bpp);
|
||||
void UngetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data);
|
||||
|
||||
// these functions are internal and shouldn't be used, they risk to
|
||||
// disappear in the future
|
||||
bool HasAlpha() const;
|
||||
void UseAlpha();
|
||||
|
||||
// returns the 'native' implementation, a GWorldPtr for the content and one for the mask
|
||||
WXHBITMAP GetHBITMAP( WXHBITMAP * mask = NULL ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// returns a CGImageRef which must released after usage with CGImageRelease
|
||||
CGImageRef CreateCGImage() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_IPHONE
|
||||
// returns an autoreleased version of the image
|
||||
WX_NSImage GetNSImage() const;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// returns a IconRef which must be retained before and released after usage
|
||||
IconRef GetIconRef() const;
|
||||
// returns a IconRef which must be released after usage
|
||||
IconRef CreateIconRef() const;
|
||||
// get read only access to the underlying buffer
|
||||
void *GetRawAccess() const ;
|
||||
// brackets to the underlying OS structure for read/write access
|
||||
// makes sure that no cached images will be constructed until terminated
|
||||
void *BeginRawAccess() ;
|
||||
void EndRawAccess() ;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const;
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_BITMAP_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,53 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/bmpbuttn.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/bmpbuttn.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: bmpbuttn.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxBitmapButton class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/button.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxButtonNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN 4
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapButton: public wxBitmapButtonBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapButton)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxBitmapButton()
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetMargins(wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN, wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmapButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap& bitmap,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, bitmap, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap& bitmap,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetBitmapLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,98 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/button.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/button.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: button.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxButton class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_BUTTON_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_BUTTON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxButtonNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
// Pushbutton
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxButton: public wxButtonBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxButton() {}
|
||||
wxButton(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
static wxSize GetDefaultSize();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxWindow *SetDefault();
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButton)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisclosureTriangle: public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxDisclosureTriangle(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetOpen( bool open );
|
||||
bool IsOpen() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_BUTTON_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: accel.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxAcceleratorTable class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_ACCEL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_ACCEL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAcceleratorTable: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAcceleratorTable)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxAcceleratorTable();
|
||||
wxAcceleratorTable(int n, const wxAcceleratorEntry entries[]); // Load from array
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxAcceleratorTable();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
|
||||
bool IsOk() const;
|
||||
|
||||
int GetCommand( wxKeyEvent &event );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern wxAcceleratorTable) wxNullAcceleratorTable;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_ACCEL_H_
|
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: app.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxApp class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_APP_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_APP_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/object.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowMac;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxApp ;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxKeyEvent;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLog;
|
||||
|
||||
// Force an exit from main loop
|
||||
void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxExit();
|
||||
|
||||
// Yield to other apps/messages
|
||||
bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxYield();
|
||||
|
||||
// Represents the application. Derive OnInit and declare
|
||||
// a new App object to start application
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxApp: public wxAppBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxApp)
|
||||
|
||||
wxApp();
|
||||
virtual ~wxApp() {}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Yield(bool onlyIfNeeded = FALSE);
|
||||
virtual void WakeUpIdle();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetPrintMode(int mode) { m_printMode = mode; }
|
||||
virtual int GetPrintMode() const { return m_printMode; }
|
||||
|
||||
// calling OnInit with an auto-release pool ready ...
|
||||
virtual bool CallOnInit();
|
||||
#if wxUSE_GUI
|
||||
// setting up all MacOS Specific Event-Handlers etc
|
||||
virtual bool OnInitGui();
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_GUI
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool ProcessIdle();
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation only
|
||||
void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnEndSession(wxCloseEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnQueryEndSession(wxCloseEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int m_printMode; // wxPRINT_WINDOWS, wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
static bool sm_isEmbedded;
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv);
|
||||
virtual void CleanUp();
|
||||
|
||||
// the installed application event handler
|
||||
WXEVENTHANDLERREF MacGetEventHandler() { return m_macEventHandler ; }
|
||||
WXEVENTHANDLERREF MacGetCurrentEventHandlerCallRef() { return m_macCurrentEventHandlerCallRef ; }
|
||||
void MacSetCurrentEvent( WXEVENTREF event , WXEVENTHANDLERCALLREF handler )
|
||||
{ m_macCurrentEvent = event ; m_macCurrentEventHandlerCallRef = handler ; }
|
||||
|
||||
// adding a CFType object to be released only at the end of the current event cycle (increases the
|
||||
// refcount of the object passed), needed in case we are in the middle of an event concering an object
|
||||
// we want to delete and cannot do it immediately
|
||||
// TODO change semantics to be in line with cocoa (make autrelease NOT increase the count)
|
||||
void MacAddToAutorelease( void* cfrefobj );
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static wxWindow* s_captureWindow ;
|
||||
static long s_lastModifiers ;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_nCmdShow;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// mac specifics
|
||||
virtual bool DoInitGui();
|
||||
virtual void DoCleanUp();
|
||||
|
||||
WXEVENTHANDLERREF m_macEventHandler ;
|
||||
WXEVENTHANDLERCALLREF m_macCurrentEventHandlerCallRef ;
|
||||
WXEVENTREF m_macCurrentEvent ;
|
||||
CFRunLoopSourceRef m_macEventPosted ;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static long s_macAboutMenuItemId ;
|
||||
static long s_macPreferencesMenuItemId ;
|
||||
static long s_macExitMenuItemId ;
|
||||
static wxString s_macHelpMenuTitleName ;
|
||||
|
||||
WXEVENTREF MacGetCurrentEvent() { return m_macCurrentEvent ; }
|
||||
|
||||
// For embedded use. By default does nothing.
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleUnhandledEvent( WXEVENTREF ev );
|
||||
|
||||
bool MacSendKeyDownEvent( wxWindow* focus , long keyval , long modifiers , long when , short wherex , short wherey , wxChar uniChar ) ;
|
||||
bool MacSendKeyUpEvent( wxWindow* focus , long keyval , long modifiers , long when , short wherex , short wherey , wxChar uniChar ) ;
|
||||
bool MacSendCharEvent( wxWindow* focus , long keymessage , long modifiers , long when , short wherex , short wherey , wxChar uniChar ) ;
|
||||
void MacCreateKeyEvent( wxKeyEvent& event, wxWindow* focus , long keymessage , long modifiers , long when , short wherex , short wherey , wxChar uniChar ) ;
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON
|
||||
// we only have applescript on these
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAEODoc(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAEGURL(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAEPDoc(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAEOApp(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAEQuit(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
virtual short MacHandleAERApp(const WXAPPLEEVENTREF event , WXAPPLEEVENTREF reply) ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// in response of an open-document apple event
|
||||
virtual void MacOpenFile(const wxString &fileName) ;
|
||||
// in response of a get-url apple event
|
||||
virtual void MacOpenURL(const wxString &url) ;
|
||||
// in response of a print-document apple event
|
||||
virtual void MacPrintFile(const wxString &fileName) ;
|
||||
// in response of a open-application apple event
|
||||
virtual void MacNewFile() ;
|
||||
// in response of a reopen-application apple event
|
||||
virtual void MacReopenApp() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Hide the application windows the same as the system hide command would do it.
|
||||
void MacHideApp();
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_APP_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: bitmap.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxBitmap class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_BITMAP_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_BITMAP_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/palette.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Bitmap
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap;
|
||||
class wxBitmapRefData ;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapHandler;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxControl;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCursor;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPixelDataBase;
|
||||
|
||||
// A mask is a bitmap used for drawing bitmaps
|
||||
// Internally it is stored as a 8 bit deep memory chunk, 0 = black means the source will be drawn
|
||||
// 255 = white means the source will not be drawn, no other values will be present
|
||||
// 8 bit is chosen only for performance reasons, note also that this is the inverse value range
|
||||
// from alpha, where 0 = invisible , 255 = fully drawn
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMask: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMask();
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy constructor
|
||||
wxMask(const wxMask& mask);
|
||||
|
||||
// Construct a mask from a bitmap and a colour indicating
|
||||
// the transparent area
|
||||
wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
|
||||
|
||||
// Construct a mask from a mono bitmap (black meaning show pixels, white meaning transparent)
|
||||
wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation helper only : construct a mask from a 32 bit memory buffer
|
||||
wxMask(const wxMemoryBuffer& buf, int width , int height , int bytesPerRow ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxMask();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
|
||||
bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
bool Create(const wxMemoryBuffer& buf, int width , int height , int bytesPerRow ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation below
|
||||
|
||||
void Init() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// a 8 bit depth mask
|
||||
void* GetRawAccess() const;
|
||||
int GetBytesPerRow() const { return m_bytesPerRow ; }
|
||||
// renders/updates native representation when necessary
|
||||
void RealizeNative() ;
|
||||
|
||||
WXHBITMAP GetHBITMAP() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxMemoryBuffer m_memBuf ;
|
||||
int m_bytesPerRow ;
|
||||
int m_width ;
|
||||
int m_height ;
|
||||
|
||||
WXHBITMAP m_maskBitmap ;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmap: public wxBitmapBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmap)
|
||||
|
||||
friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapHandler;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxBitmap(); // Platform-specific
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize with raw data.
|
||||
wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize with XPM data
|
||||
wxBitmap(const char* const* bits);
|
||||
|
||||
// Load a file or resource
|
||||
wxBitmap(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Constructor for generalised creation from data
|
||||
wxBitmap(const void* data, wxBitmapType type, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
|
||||
|
||||
// If depth is omitted, will create a bitmap compatible with the display
|
||||
wxBitmap(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert from wxImage:
|
||||
wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, int depth = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Convert from wxIcon
|
||||
wxBitmap(const wxIcon& icon) { CopyFromIcon(icon); }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxBitmap();
|
||||
|
||||
wxImage ConvertToImage() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// get the given part of bitmap
|
||||
wxBitmap GetSubBitmap( const wxRect& rect ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
|
||||
virtual bool Create(const void* data, wxBitmapType type, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
|
||||
// virtual bool Create( WXHICON icon) ;
|
||||
virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE);
|
||||
virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type, const wxPalette *cmap = NULL) const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmapRefData *GetBitmapData() const
|
||||
{ return (wxBitmapRefData *)m_refData; }
|
||||
|
||||
// copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap
|
||||
virtual bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon);
|
||||
|
||||
int GetWidth() const;
|
||||
int GetHeight() const;
|
||||
int GetDepth() const;
|
||||
void SetWidth(int w);
|
||||
void SetHeight(int h);
|
||||
void SetDepth(int d);
|
||||
void SetOk(bool isOk);
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_PALETTE
|
||||
wxPalette* GetPalette() const;
|
||||
void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
|
||||
|
||||
wxMask *GetMask() const;
|
||||
void SetMask(wxMask *mask) ;
|
||||
|
||||
static void InitStandardHandlers();
|
||||
|
||||
// raw bitmap access support functions, for internal use only
|
||||
void *GetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data, int bpp);
|
||||
void UngetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data);
|
||||
|
||||
// these functions are internal and shouldn't be used, they risk to
|
||||
// disappear in the future
|
||||
bool HasAlpha() const;
|
||||
void UseAlpha();
|
||||
|
||||
// returns the 'native' implementation, a GWorldPtr for the content and one for the mask
|
||||
WXHBITMAP GetHBITMAP( WXHBITMAP * mask = NULL ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// returns a CGImageRef which must released after usage with CGImageRelease
|
||||
CGImageRef CreateCGImage() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_IPHONE
|
||||
// returns an autoreleased version of the image
|
||||
WX_NSImage GetNSImage() const;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// returns a IconRef which must be retained before and released after usage
|
||||
IconRef GetIconRef() const;
|
||||
// returns a IconRef which must be released after usage
|
||||
IconRef CreateIconRef() const;
|
||||
// get read only access to the underlying buffer
|
||||
void *GetRawAccess() const ;
|
||||
// brackets to the underlying OS structure for read/write access
|
||||
// makes sure that no cached images will be constructed until terminated
|
||||
void *BeginRawAccess() ;
|
||||
void EndRawAccess() ;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const;
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_BITMAP_H_
|
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: bmpbuttn.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxBitmapButton class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/button.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxButtonNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN 4
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapButton: public wxBitmapButtonBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapButton)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxBitmapButton()
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetMargins(wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN, wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmapButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap& bitmap,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, bitmap, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap& bitmap,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetBitmapLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
|
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: button.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxButton class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_BUTTON_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_BUTTON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxButtonNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
// Pushbutton
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxButton: public wxButtonBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxButton() {}
|
||||
wxButton(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
static wxSize GetDefaultSize();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxWindow *SetDefault();
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButton)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisclosureTriangle: public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxDisclosureTriangle(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetOpen( bool open );
|
||||
bool IsOpen() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_BUTTON_H_
|
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: checkbox.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxCheckBox class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// Checkbox item (single checkbox)
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckBox : public wxCheckBoxBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCheckBox() { }
|
||||
wxCheckBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(bool);
|
||||
virtual bool GetValue() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState val);
|
||||
virtual wxCheckBoxState DoGet3StateValue() const;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckBox)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapCheckBox: public wxCheckBox
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
int checkWidth;
|
||||
int checkHeight;
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmapCheckBox()
|
||||
: checkWidth(-1), checkHeight(-1)
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmapCheckBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap *label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap *bitmap,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(bool);
|
||||
virtual bool GetValue() const;
|
||||
virtual void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
|
||||
virtual void SetLabel(const wxBitmap *bitmap);
|
||||
virtual void SetLabel( const wxString & WXUNUSED(name) ) {}
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapCheckBox)
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
|
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/checklst.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxCheckListBox class - a listbox with checkable items
|
||||
// Note: this is an optional class.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_CHECKLST_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_CHECKLST_H_
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckListBox : public wxCheckListBoxBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors
|
||||
wxCheckListBox() { Init(); }
|
||||
wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int nStrings = 0,
|
||||
const wxString *choices = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, nStrings, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int nStrings = 0,
|
||||
const wxString *choices = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// items may be checked
|
||||
bool IsChecked(unsigned int uiIndex) const;
|
||||
void Check(unsigned int uiIndex, bool bCheck = true);
|
||||
|
||||
// data callbacks
|
||||
virtual void GetValueCallback( unsigned int n, wxListWidgetColumn* col , wxListWidgetCellValue& value );
|
||||
virtual void SetValueCallback( unsigned int n, wxListWidgetColumn* col , wxListWidgetCellValue& value );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// override all methods which add/delete items to update m_checks array as
|
||||
// well
|
||||
virtual void OnItemInserted(unsigned int pos);
|
||||
virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n);
|
||||
virtual void DoClear();
|
||||
|
||||
// the array containing the checked status of the items
|
||||
wxArrayInt m_checks;
|
||||
|
||||
wxListWidgetColumn* m_checkColumn ;
|
||||
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckListBox)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_CHECKLST_H_
|
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/choice.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxChoice class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_CHOICE_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_CHOICE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dynarray.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/arrstr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxChoiceNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
WX_DEFINE_ARRAY( char * , wxChoiceDataArray ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Choice item
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChoice: public wxChoiceBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoice)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxChoice()
|
||||
: m_strings(), m_datas()
|
||||
{}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxChoice() ;
|
||||
|
||||
wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual unsigned int GetCount() const ;
|
||||
virtual int GetSelection() const ;
|
||||
virtual void SetSelection(int n);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const ;
|
||||
virtual void SetString(unsigned int pos, const wxString& s);
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n);
|
||||
virtual void DoClear();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
|
||||
virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
|
||||
unsigned int pos,
|
||||
void **clientData, wxClientDataType type);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
|
||||
virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxArrayString m_strings;
|
||||
wxChoiceDataArray m_datas ;
|
||||
wxMenu* m_popUpMenu ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_CHOICE_H_
|
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: clipbrd.h
|
||||
// Purpose: Clipboard functionality.
|
||||
// Note: this functionality is under review, and
|
||||
// is derived from wxWidgets 1.xx code. Please contact
|
||||
// the wxWidgets developers for further information.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/list.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/module.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dataobj.h" // for wxDataFormat
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/core/cfref.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxClipboard
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDataObject;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboard : public wxClipboardBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboard)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxClipboard();
|
||||
virtual ~wxClipboard();
|
||||
|
||||
// open the clipboard before SetData() and GetData()
|
||||
virtual bool Open();
|
||||
|
||||
// close the clipboard after SetData() and GetData()
|
||||
virtual void Close();
|
||||
|
||||
// query whether the clipboard is opened
|
||||
virtual bool IsOpened() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// set the clipboard data. all other formats will be deleted.
|
||||
virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data );
|
||||
|
||||
// add to the clipboard data.
|
||||
virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data );
|
||||
|
||||
// ask if data in correct format is available
|
||||
virtual bool IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format );
|
||||
|
||||
// fill data with data on the clipboard (if available)
|
||||
virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data );
|
||||
|
||||
// clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible
|
||||
virtual void Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
// flushes the clipboard: this means that the data which is currently on
|
||||
// clipboard will stay available even after the application exits (possibly
|
||||
// eating memory), otherwise the clipboard will be emptied on exit
|
||||
virtual bool Flush();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxDataObject *m_data;
|
||||
bool m_open;
|
||||
wxCFRef<PasteboardRef> m_pasteboard;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
|
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/colordlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxColourDialog class. Use generic version if no
|
||||
// platform-specific implementation.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_COLORDLG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_COLORDLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dialog.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/cmndata.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Platform-specific colour dialog implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourDialog: public wxDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourDialog)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxColourDialog();
|
||||
wxColourDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
int ShowModal();
|
||||
wxColourData& GetColourData() { return m_colourData; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxColourData m_colourData;
|
||||
wxWindow* m_dialogParent;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_COLORDLG_H_
|
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/combobox.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxComboBox class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/containr.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/choice.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxComboBoxNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
// forward declaration of private implementation classes
|
||||
|
||||
class wxComboBoxText;
|
||||
class wxComboBoxChoice;
|
||||
|
||||
// Combobox item
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboBox : public wxControl, public wxComboBoxBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboBox)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
virtual ~wxComboBox();
|
||||
|
||||
// forward these functions to all subcontrols
|
||||
virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
|
||||
|
||||
// callback functions
|
||||
virtual void DelegateTextChanged( const wxString& value );
|
||||
virtual void DelegateChoice( const wxString& value );
|
||||
|
||||
wxComboBox() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetSelection() const;
|
||||
virtual void SetSelection(int n);
|
||||
virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const;
|
||||
virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s);
|
||||
|
||||
// Text field functions
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value);
|
||||
virtual wxString GetValue() const;
|
||||
virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
|
||||
virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Clipboard operations
|
||||
virtual void Copy();
|
||||
virtual void Cut();
|
||||
virtual void Paste();
|
||||
virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
|
||||
virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
|
||||
virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
|
||||
virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const;
|
||||
virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
|
||||
virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
|
||||
virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
|
||||
virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
|
||||
virtual bool IsEditable() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Undo();
|
||||
virtual void Redo();
|
||||
virtual void SelectAll();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool CanCopy() const;
|
||||
virtual bool CanCut() const;
|
||||
virtual bool CanPaste() const;
|
||||
virtual bool CanUndo() const;
|
||||
virtual bool CanRedo() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxClientDataType GetClientDataType() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCONTROL_ITEMCONTAINER_CLIENTDATAOBJECT_RECAST
|
||||
|
||||
WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
// List functions
|
||||
virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n);
|
||||
virtual void DoClear();
|
||||
|
||||
// override the base class virtuals involved in geometry calculations
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
|
||||
unsigned int pos,
|
||||
void **clientData, wxClientDataType type);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
|
||||
virtual void * DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetClientDataType(wxClientDataType clientDataItemsType);
|
||||
|
||||
// the subcontrols
|
||||
wxComboBoxText* m_text;
|
||||
wxComboBoxChoice* m_choice;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
|
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: control.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxControl class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_CONTROL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_CONTROL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxControlNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
// General item class
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControl : public wxControlBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxControl();
|
||||
wxControl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr);
|
||||
virtual ~wxControl();
|
||||
|
||||
// Simulates an event
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); }
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation from now on
|
||||
// --------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// Calls the callback and appropriate event handlers
|
||||
bool ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent &event ) ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_CONTROL_H_
|
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/cursor.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxCursor class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_CURSOR_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_CURSOR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/bitmap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Cursor
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCursor : public wxGDIObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCursor();
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursor(const wxImage & image) ;
|
||||
wxCursor(const char* const* bits);
|
||||
wxCursor(const wxString& name,
|
||||
wxBitmapType type = wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE,
|
||||
int hotSpotX = 0, int hotSpotY = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursor(wxStockCursor id) { InitFromStock(id); }
|
||||
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
|
||||
wxCursor(int id) { InitFromStock((wxStockCursor)id); }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
virtual ~wxCursor();
|
||||
|
||||
bool CreateFromXpm(const char* const* bits);
|
||||
|
||||
void MacInstall() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetHCURSOR(WXHCURSOR cursor);
|
||||
WXHCURSOR GetHCURSOR() const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void InitFromStock(wxStockCursor);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const;
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void CreateFromImage(const wxImage & image) ;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursor)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxSetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_CURSOR_H_
|
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: mac/dataform.h
|
||||
// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataFormat class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor (lifted from dnd.h)
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 10/21/99
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1999 Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_DATAFORM_H
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_DATAFORM_H
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataFormat
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
typedef unsigned long NativeFormat;
|
||||
|
||||
wxDataFormat();
|
||||
wxDataFormat(wxDataFormatId vType);
|
||||
wxDataFormat(const wxDataFormat& rFormat);
|
||||
wxDataFormat(const wxString& rId);
|
||||
wxDataFormat(const wxChar* pId);
|
||||
wxDataFormat(NativeFormat vFormat);
|
||||
~wxDataFormat();
|
||||
|
||||
wxDataFormat& operator=(NativeFormat vFormat)
|
||||
{ SetId(vFormat); return *this; }
|
||||
|
||||
// comparison (must have both versions)
|
||||
bool operator==(const wxDataFormat& format) const ;
|
||||
bool operator!=(const wxDataFormat& format) const
|
||||
{ return ! ( *this == format ); }
|
||||
bool operator==(wxDataFormatId format) const
|
||||
{ return m_type == (wxDataFormatId)format; }
|
||||
bool operator!=(wxDataFormatId format) const
|
||||
{ return m_type != (wxDataFormatId)format; }
|
||||
|
||||
wxDataFormat& operator=(const wxDataFormat& format);
|
||||
|
||||
// explicit and implicit conversions to NativeFormat which is one of
|
||||
// standard data types (implicit conversion is useful for preserving the
|
||||
// compatibility with old code)
|
||||
NativeFormat GetFormatId() const { return m_format; }
|
||||
operator NativeFormat() const { return m_format; }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetId(NativeFormat format);
|
||||
|
||||
// string ids are used for custom types - this SetId() must be used for
|
||||
// application-specific formats
|
||||
wxString GetId() const;
|
||||
void SetId(const wxString& pId);
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation
|
||||
wxDataFormatId GetType() const { return m_type; }
|
||||
void SetType( wxDataFormatId type );
|
||||
|
||||
// returns true if the format is one of those defined in wxDataFormatId
|
||||
bool IsStandard() const { return m_type > 0 && m_type < wxDF_PRIVATE; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxDataFormatId m_type;
|
||||
NativeFormat m_format;
|
||||
// indicates the type in case of wxDF_PRIVATE :
|
||||
wxString m_id ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_DATAFORM_H
|
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: mac/dataobj.h
|
||||
// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataObject
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor (adapted from Robert Roebling's gtk port)
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 10/21/99
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998, 1999 Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxDataObject is the same as wxDataObjectBase under wxGTK
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataObject : public wxDataObjectBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxDataObject();
|
||||
#ifdef __DARWIN__
|
||||
virtual ~wxDataObject() { }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool IsSupportedFormat( const wxDataFormat& format, Direction dir = Get ) const;
|
||||
void AddToPasteboard( void * pasteboardRef , int itemID );
|
||||
// returns true if the passed in format is present in the pasteboard
|
||||
static bool IsFormatInPasteboard( void * pasteboardRef, const wxDataFormat &dataFormat );
|
||||
// returns true if any of the accepted formats of this dataobj is in the pasteboard
|
||||
bool HasDataInPasteboard( void * pasteboardRef );
|
||||
bool GetFromPasteboard( void * pasteboardRef );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: mac/dataobj2.h
|
||||
// Purpose: declaration of standard wxDataObjectSimple-derived classes
|
||||
// Author: David Webster (adapted from Robert Roebling's gtk port
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 10/21/99
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998, 1999 Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ2_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ2_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxBitmapDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for bitmaps
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapDataObject : public wxBitmapDataObjectBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors
|
||||
wxBitmapDataObject();
|
||||
wxBitmapDataObject(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
// destr
|
||||
virtual ~wxBitmapDataObject();
|
||||
|
||||
// override base class virtual to update PNG data too
|
||||
virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
// ----------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
virtual size_t GetDataSize() const ;
|
||||
virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const ;
|
||||
virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
|
||||
// Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it)
|
||||
virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GetDataSize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GetDataHere(buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SetData(len, buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
protected :
|
||||
void Init() ;
|
||||
void Clear() ;
|
||||
|
||||
void* m_pictHandle ;
|
||||
bool m_pictCreated ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxFileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for file names
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDataObject : public wxFileDataObjectBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
// ----------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void AddFile( const wxString &filename );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
|
||||
virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
|
||||
virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
|
||||
// Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it)
|
||||
virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GetDataSize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GetDataHere(buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SetData(len, buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// translates the filenames stored into a utf8 encoded char stream
|
||||
void GetFileNames(wxCharBuffer &buf) const ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ2_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dc.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxDC class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DC_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DC_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_DC_H_
|
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dcclient.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxClientDC, wxPaintDC and wxWindowDC classes
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dc.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dcgraph.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// classes
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPaintDC;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowDCImpl: public wxGCDCImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxWindowDCImpl( wxDC *owner );
|
||||
wxWindowDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *window );
|
||||
virtual ~wxWindowDCImpl();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
|
||||
virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect *subrect) const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool m_release;
|
||||
int m_width;
|
||||
int m_height;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxWindowDCImpl)
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowDCImpl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClientDCImpl: public wxWindowDCImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxClientDCImpl( wxDC *owner );
|
||||
wxClientDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *window );
|
||||
virtual ~wxClientDCImpl();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxClientDCImpl)
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxClientDCImpl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaintDCImpl: public wxWindowDCImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxPaintDCImpl( wxDC *owner );
|
||||
wxPaintDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *win );
|
||||
virtual ~wxPaintDCImpl();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxPaintDCImpl)
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPaintDCImpl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
|
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dcmemory.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMemoryDC class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/dcclient.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMemoryDCImpl: public wxPaintDCImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner );
|
||||
wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxBitmap& bitmap );
|
||||
wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxDC *dc );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxMemoryDCImpl();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
|
||||
virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect *subrect) const
|
||||
{ return subrect == NULL ? GetSelectedBitmap() : GetSelectedBitmap().GetSubBitmap(*subrect); }
|
||||
virtual void DoSelect(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual const wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() const
|
||||
{ return m_selected; }
|
||||
virtual wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap()
|
||||
{ return m_selected; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap m_selected;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxMemoryDCImpl)
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryDCImpl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
|
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/dcprint.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxPrinterDC class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DCPRINT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DCPRINT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dc.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dcgraph.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/cmndata.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class wxNativePrinterDC ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrinterDCImpl: public wxGCDCImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
|
||||
|
||||
wxPrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& printdata );
|
||||
virtual ~wxPrinterDCImpl();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool StartDoc( const wxString& WXUNUSED(message) ) ;
|
||||
virtual void EndDoc(void) ;
|
||||
virtual void StartPage(void) ;
|
||||
virtual void EndPage(void) ;
|
||||
|
||||
wxRect GetPaperRect() const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; }
|
||||
virtual wxSize GetPPI() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxPrintData m_printData ;
|
||||
wxNativePrinterDC* m_nativePrinterDC ;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrinterDC)
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DCPRINT_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dcscreen.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxScreenDC class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dcclient.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/dcclient.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScreenDCImpl: public wxWindowDCImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxScreenDCImpl( wxDC *owner );
|
||||
virtual ~wxScreenDCImpl();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect *subrect) const;
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void* m_overlayWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxScreenDCImpl)
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScreenDCImpl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dialog.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxDialog class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DIALOG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DIALOG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/panel.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxDialogNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMacToolTip ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Dialog boxes
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDialog : public wxDialogBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialog)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxDialog() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
// Constructor with no modal flag - the new convention.
|
||||
wxDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxDialog();
|
||||
|
||||
// virtual bool Destroy();
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetModal(bool flag);
|
||||
virtual bool IsModal() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// For now, same as Show(TRUE) but returns return code
|
||||
virtual int ShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
// may be called to terminate the dialog with the given return code
|
||||
virtual void EndModal(int retCode);
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation
|
||||
// --------------
|
||||
|
||||
// show modal dialog and enter modal loop
|
||||
void DoShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// mac also takes command-period as cancel
|
||||
virtual bool IsEscapeKey(const wxKeyEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_isModalStyle;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DIALOG_H_
|
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dirdlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxDirDialog class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DIRDLG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DIRDLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirDialog : public wxDirDialogBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxDirDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr,
|
||||
const wxString& defaultPath = _T(""),
|
||||
long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int ShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxWindow * m_parent;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirDialog)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DIRDLG_H_
|
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/dnd.h
|
||||
// Purpose: Declaration of the wxDropTarget, wxDropSource class etc.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DND_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DND_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/object.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dataobj.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/cursor.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// classes
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDropTarget;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextDropTarget;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFileDropTarget;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDropSource;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// macros
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// this macro may be used instead for wxDropSource ctor arguments: it will use
|
||||
// the icon 'name' from an XPM file under GTK, but will expand to something
|
||||
// else under MSW. If you don't use it, you will have to use #ifdef in the
|
||||
// application code.
|
||||
#define wxDROP_ICON(X) wxCursor(X##_xpm)
|
||||
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxDropTarget
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropTarget: public wxDropTargetBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxDropTarget(wxDataObject *dataObject = (wxDataObject*) NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxDragResult OnDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
|
||||
virtual bool OnDrop(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
|
||||
virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
|
||||
virtual bool GetData();
|
||||
|
||||
bool CurrentDragHasSupportedFormat() ;
|
||||
void SetCurrentDrag( void* drag ) { m_currentDrag = drag ; }
|
||||
void* GetCurrentDrag() { return m_currentDrag ; }
|
||||
protected :
|
||||
void* m_currentDrag ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxDropSource
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropSource: public wxDropSourceBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors: if you use default ctor you must call SetData() later!
|
||||
//
|
||||
// NB: the "wxWindow *win" parameter is unused and is here only for wxGTK
|
||||
// compatibility, as well as both icon parameters
|
||||
wxDropSource( wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)NULL,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor);
|
||||
|
||||
/* constructor for setting one data object */
|
||||
wxDropSource( wxDataObject& data,
|
||||
wxWindow *win,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxDropSource();
|
||||
|
||||
// do it (call this in response to a mouse button press, for example)
|
||||
// params: if bAllowMove is false, data can be only copied
|
||||
virtual wxDragResult DoDragDrop(int flags = wxDrag_CopyOnly);
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindow* GetWindow() { return m_window ; }
|
||||
void SetCurrentDrag( void* drag ) { m_currentDrag = drag ; }
|
||||
void* GetCurrentDrag() { return m_currentDrag ; }
|
||||
bool MacInstallDefaultCursor(wxDragResult effect) ;
|
||||
protected :
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindow *m_window;
|
||||
void* m_currentDrag ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
//_WX_DND_H_
|
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: filedlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxFileDialog class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_FILEDLG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_FILEDLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxFileDialog
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDialog: public wxFileDialogBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog)
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxArrayString m_fileNames;
|
||||
wxArrayString m_paths;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
|
||||
const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
|
||||
long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const { paths = m_paths; }
|
||||
virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& files) const { files = m_fileNames ; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int ShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// not supported for file dialog, RR
|
||||
virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height),
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_FILEDLG_H_
|
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: font.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxFont class
|
||||
// Author: Julian Smart
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_FONT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_FONT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxFont
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFont : public wxFontBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors and such
|
||||
wxFont() { }
|
||||
|
||||
#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
|
||||
wxFont(int size,
|
||||
int family,
|
||||
int style,
|
||||
int weight,
|
||||
bool underlined = false,
|
||||
const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(void)Create(size, (wxFontFamily)family, (wxFontStyle)style, (wxFontWeight)weight, underlined, face, encoding);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont(int size,
|
||||
wxFontFamily family,
|
||||
wxFontStyle style,
|
||||
wxFontWeight weight,
|
||||
bool underlined = false,
|
||||
const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(size, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(int size,
|
||||
wxFontFamily family,
|
||||
wxFontStyle style,
|
||||
wxFontWeight weight,
|
||||
bool underlined = false,
|
||||
const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont(const wxNativeFontInfo& info)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(void)Create(info);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont(const wxString& fontDesc);
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(const wxNativeFontInfo& info);
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_ATSU_TEXT
|
||||
bool MacCreateFromThemeFont( wxUint16 themeFontID ) ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_CORE_TEXT
|
||||
bool MacCreateFromUIFont( wxUint32 coreTextFontType );
|
||||
bool MacCreateFromCTFontDescriptor( const void * ctFontDescriptor, int pointSize = 0 );
|
||||
bool MacCreateFromCTFont( const void * ctFont );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxFont();
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
virtual int GetPointSize() const;
|
||||
virtual wxSize GetPixelSize() const;
|
||||
virtual wxFontFamily GetFamily() const;
|
||||
virtual wxFontStyle GetStyle() const;
|
||||
virtual wxFontWeight GetWeight() const;
|
||||
virtual bool GetUnderlined() const;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetFaceName() const;
|
||||
virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const;
|
||||
virtual const wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetPointSize(int pointSize);
|
||||
virtual void SetFamily(wxFontFamily family);
|
||||
virtual void SetStyle(wxFontStyle style);
|
||||
virtual void SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight);
|
||||
virtual bool SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName);
|
||||
virtual void SetUnderlined(bool underlined);
|
||||
virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
|
||||
|
||||
WXDECLARE_COMPAT_SETTERS
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation only from now on
|
||||
// -------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool RealizeResource();
|
||||
|
||||
// Unofficial API, don't use
|
||||
virtual void SetNoAntiAliasing( bool noAA = TRUE ) ;
|
||||
virtual bool GetNoAntiAliasing() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Mac-specific, risks to change, don't use in portable code
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_ATSU_TEXT
|
||||
// 'old' Quickdraw accessors
|
||||
short MacGetFontNum() const;
|
||||
short MacGetFontSize() const;
|
||||
wxByte MacGetFontStyle() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// 'new' ATSUI accessors
|
||||
wxUint32 MacGetATSUFontID() const;
|
||||
wxUint32 MacGetATSUAdditionalQDStyles() const;
|
||||
wxUint16 MacGetThemeFontID() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns an ATSUStyle not ATSUStyle*
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_CORE_TEXT
|
||||
const void * MacGetCTFont() const;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_CORE_TEXT || wxOSX_USE_ATSU_TEXT
|
||||
void* MacGetATSUStyle() const ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const;
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void Unshare();
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_FONT_H_
|
@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/fontdlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxFontDialog class using fonts window services (10.2+).
|
||||
// Author: Ryan Norton
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 2004-09-25
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_FONTDLG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_FONTDLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dialog.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/cmndata.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Font dialog
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* support old notation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef wxMAC_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG
|
||||
#define wxOSX_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG wxMAC_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef wxOSX_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG
|
||||
#define wxOSX_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontDialog : public wxDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxFontDialog();
|
||||
wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data);
|
||||
virtual ~wxFontDialog();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
int ShowModal();
|
||||
wxFontData& GetFontData() { return m_fontData; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxFontData m_fontData;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxFontDialog)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
extern "C" int RunMixedFontDialog(wxFontDialog* dialog) ;
|
||||
|
||||
#else // wxOSX_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG
|
||||
|
||||
#if !USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* Forward declarations
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class wxFontColourSwatchCtrl;
|
||||
class wxFontPreviewCtrl;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrl;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinEvent;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListBox;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoice;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox;
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* Control identifiers
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_FACENAME 20001
|
||||
#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_FONTSIZE 20002
|
||||
#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_BOLD 20003
|
||||
#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_ITALIC 20004
|
||||
#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_UNDERLINED 20005
|
||||
#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_COLOUR 20006
|
||||
#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_PREVIEW 20007
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// !USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontDialog: public wxDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontDialog)
|
||||
|
||||
#if !USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxFontDialog();
|
||||
wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data);
|
||||
virtual ~wxFontDialog();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
int ShowModal();
|
||||
wxFontData& GetFontData() { return m_fontData; }
|
||||
bool IsShown() const;
|
||||
void OnPanelClose();
|
||||
void SetData(const wxFontData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
#if !USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX
|
||||
|
||||
/// Creates the controls and sizers
|
||||
void CreateControls();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize font
|
||||
void InitializeFont();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set controls according to current font
|
||||
void InitializeControls();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Respond to font change
|
||||
void ChangeFont();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Respond to colour change
|
||||
void OnColourChanged(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
/// wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_FACENAME
|
||||
void OnFontdialogFacenameSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
|
||||
|
||||
/// wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRL_UPDATED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_FONTSIZE
|
||||
void OnFontdialogFontsizeUpdated( wxSpinEvent& event );
|
||||
|
||||
/// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_FONTSIZE
|
||||
void OnFontdialogFontsizeTextUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
|
||||
|
||||
/// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_BOLD
|
||||
void OnFontdialogBoldClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
|
||||
|
||||
/// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_ITALIC
|
||||
void OnFontdialogItalicClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
|
||||
|
||||
/// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_UNDERLINED
|
||||
void OnFontdialogUnderlinedClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
|
||||
|
||||
/// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for wxID_OK
|
||||
void OnOkClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
|
||||
|
||||
/// Should we show tooltips?
|
||||
static bool ShowToolTips();
|
||||
|
||||
wxListBox* m_facenameCtrl;
|
||||
wxSpinCtrl* m_sizeCtrl;
|
||||
wxCheckBox* m_boldCtrl;
|
||||
wxCheckBox* m_italicCtrl;
|
||||
wxCheckBox* m_underlinedCtrl;
|
||||
wxFontColourSwatchCtrl* m_colourCtrl;
|
||||
wxFontPreviewCtrl* m_previewCtrl;
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont m_dialogFont;
|
||||
bool m_suppressUpdates;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// !USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxWindow* m_dialogParent;
|
||||
wxFontData m_fontData;
|
||||
void* m_pEventHandlerRef;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_FONTDLG_H_
|
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: frame.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxFrame class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_FRAME_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_FRAME_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/window.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/toolbar.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/accel.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/icon.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxToolBarNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuBar;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStatusBar;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMacToolTip ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFrame: public wxFrameBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// construction
|
||||
wxFrame() { Init(); }
|
||||
wxFrame(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxFrame();
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation only from now on
|
||||
// -------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// get the origin of the client area (which may be different from (0, 0)
|
||||
// if the frame has a toolbar) in client coordinates
|
||||
virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// override some more virtuals
|
||||
virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// event handlers
|
||||
void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
// Toolbar
|
||||
#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = -1,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetToolBar(wxToolBar *toolbar);
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
|
||||
// Status bar
|
||||
#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
|
||||
virtual wxStatusBar* OnCreateStatusBar(int number = 1,
|
||||
long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxStatusLineNameStr);
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
|
||||
|
||||
// called by wxWindow whenever it gets focus
|
||||
void SetLastFocus(wxWindow *win) { m_winLastFocused = win; }
|
||||
wxWindow *GetLastFocus() const { return m_winLastFocused; }
|
||||
|
||||
void PositionBars();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
virtual void PositionToolBar();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
|
||||
virtual void PositionStatusBar();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// override base class virtuals
|
||||
virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_MENUS
|
||||
virtual void DetachMenuBar();
|
||||
virtual void AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
virtual void HandleResized( double timestampsec );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// the last focused child: we restore focus to it on activation
|
||||
wxWindow *m_winLastFocused;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool MacIsChildOfClientArea( const wxWindow* child ) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrame)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_FRAME_H_
|
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: gauge.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxGauge class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_GAUGE_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_GAUGE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxGaugeNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
// Group box
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGauge: public wxGaugeBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxGauge() { }
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxGauge(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
int range,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, range, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
int range,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// set gauge range/value
|
||||
virtual void SetRange(int range);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(int pos);
|
||||
virtual int GetValue() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
void Pulse();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxGauge)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_GAUGE_H_
|
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/glcanvas.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxGLCanvas, for using OpenGL with wxWidgets under Macintosh
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <OpenGL/gl.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// low level calls
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_GL WXGLContext WXGLCreateContext( WXGLPixelFormat pixelFormat, WXGLContext shareContext );
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_GL void WXGLDestroyContext( WXGLContext context );
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_GL WXGLContext WXGLGetCurrentContext();
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_GL void WXGLSwapBuffers( WXGLContext context );
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_GL WXGLPixelFormat WXGLChoosePixelFormat(const int *attribList);
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_GL void WXGLDestroyPixelFormat( WXGLPixelFormat pixelFormat );
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLContext : public wxGLContextBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxGLContext(wxGLCanvas *win, const wxGLContext *other = NULL);
|
||||
virtual ~wxGLContext();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool SetCurrent(const wxGLCanvas& win) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Mac-specific
|
||||
WXGLContext GetWXGLContext() const { return m_glContext; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
WXGLContext m_glContext;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGLContext)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLCanvas : public wxGLCanvasBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const int *attribList = NULL,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
|
||||
const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
|
||||
const int *attribList = NULL,
|
||||
const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxGLCanvas();
|
||||
|
||||
// implement wxGLCanvasBase methods
|
||||
virtual bool SwapBuffers();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Mac-specific functions
|
||||
// ----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// return true if multisample extension is supported
|
||||
static bool IsAGLMultiSampleAvailable();
|
||||
|
||||
// return the pixel format used by this window
|
||||
WXGLPixelFormat GetWXGLPixelFormat() const { return m_glFormat; }
|
||||
|
||||
// update the view port of the current context to match this window
|
||||
void SetViewport();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// deprecated methods
|
||||
// ------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
|
||||
wxDEPRECATED(
|
||||
wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
|
||||
const int *attribList = NULL,
|
||||
const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
wxDEPRECATED(
|
||||
wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxGLContext *shared,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
|
||||
const int *attribList = NULL,
|
||||
const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
wxDEPRECATED(
|
||||
wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxGLCanvas *shared,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
|
||||
const int *attribList = NULL,
|
||||
const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette)
|
||||
);
|
||||
#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation-only from now on
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON
|
||||
// Unlike some other platforms, this must get called if you override it,
|
||||
// i.e. don't forget "event.Skip()" in your EVT_SIZE handler
|
||||
void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition();
|
||||
virtual void MacTopLevelWindowChangedPosition();
|
||||
virtual void MacVisibilityChanged();
|
||||
|
||||
void MacUpdateView();
|
||||
|
||||
GLint GetAglBufferName() const { return m_bufferName; }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
WXGLPixelFormat m_glFormat;
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON
|
||||
bool m_macCanvasIsShown,
|
||||
m_needsUpdate;
|
||||
WXGLContext m_dummyContext;
|
||||
GLint m_bufferName;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxGLCanvas)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
|
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: helpxxxx.h
|
||||
// Purpose: Help system: native implementation for your system. Replace
|
||||
// XXXX with suitable name.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_HELPXXXX_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_HELPXXXX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/wx.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/helpbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxXXXXHelpController: public wxHelpControllerBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxXXXXHelpController)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxXXXXHelpController();
|
||||
virtual ~wxXXXXHelpController();
|
||||
|
||||
// Must call this to set the filename and server name
|
||||
virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file);
|
||||
|
||||
// If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize
|
||||
virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = "");
|
||||
virtual bool DisplayContents();
|
||||
virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo);
|
||||
virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo);
|
||||
virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
|
||||
wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Quit();
|
||||
virtual void OnQuit();
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxString GetHelpFile() const { return m_helpFile; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxString m_helpFile;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_HELPXXXX_H_
|
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: icon.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxIcon class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_ICON_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_ICON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/bitmap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Icon
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIcon : public wxGDIObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxIcon();
|
||||
|
||||
wxIcon(const char* const* data);
|
||||
wxIcon(const char bits[], int width , int height );
|
||||
wxIcon(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType flags = wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE,
|
||||
int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1);
|
||||
wxIcon(const wxIconLocation& loc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LoadFile(loc.GetFileName(), wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxIcon(WXHICON icon, const wxSize& size);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxIcon();
|
||||
|
||||
bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType flags = wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE,
|
||||
int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// create from bitmap (which should have a mask unless it's monochrome):
|
||||
// there shouldn't be any implicit bitmap -> icon conversion (i.e. no
|
||||
// ctors, assignment operators...), but it's ok to have such function
|
||||
void CopyFromBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp);
|
||||
|
||||
int GetWidth() const;
|
||||
int GetHeight() const;
|
||||
int GetDepth() const;
|
||||
void SetWidth(int w);
|
||||
void SetHeight(int h);
|
||||
void SetDepth(int d);
|
||||
void SetOk(bool isOk);
|
||||
|
||||
WXHICON GetHICON() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const;
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIcon)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxICONResourceHandler: public wxBitmapHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxICONResourceHandler()
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetName(wxT("ICON resource"));
|
||||
SetExtension(wxEmptyString);
|
||||
SetType(wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap,
|
||||
const wxString& name,
|
||||
wxBitmapType flags,
|
||||
int desiredWidth = -1,
|
||||
int desiredHeight = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
// unhide the base class virtual
|
||||
virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap,
|
||||
const wxString& name,
|
||||
wxBitmapType flags)
|
||||
{ return LoadFile(bitmap, name, flags, -1, -1); }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxICONResourceHandler)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_ICON_H_
|
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: imaglist.h
|
||||
// Purpose:
|
||||
// Author: Robert Roebling, Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// Id:
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling and Julian Smart
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/list.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/icon.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxImageList: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxImageList() { m_width = m_height = 0; }
|
||||
wxImageList( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 );
|
||||
virtual ~wxImageList();
|
||||
bool Create( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 );
|
||||
bool Create();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetImageCount() const;
|
||||
virtual bool GetSize( int index, int &width, int &height ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
int Add( const wxIcon& bitmap );
|
||||
int Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap );
|
||||
int Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask );
|
||||
int Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour );
|
||||
wxBitmap GetBitmap(int index) const;
|
||||
wxIcon GetIcon(int index) const;
|
||||
bool Replace( int index, const wxIcon &bitmap );
|
||||
bool Replace( int index, const wxBitmap &bitmap );
|
||||
bool Replace( int index, const wxBitmap &bitmap, const wxBitmap &mask );
|
||||
bool Remove( int index );
|
||||
bool RemoveAll();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
|
||||
int flags = wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL,
|
||||
bool solidBackground = false);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxList m_images;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_width;
|
||||
int m_height;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImageList)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: joystick.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxJoystick class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxJoystick: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJoystick)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Public interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
wxJoystick(int joystick = wxJOYSTICK1) { m_joystick = joystick; };
|
||||
|
||||
// Attributes
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
wxPoint GetPosition() const;
|
||||
int GetPosition(unsigned axis) const;
|
||||
bool GetButtonState(unsigned button) const;
|
||||
int GetZPosition() const;
|
||||
int GetButtonState() const;
|
||||
int GetPOVPosition() const;
|
||||
int GetPOVCTSPosition() const;
|
||||
int GetRudderPosition() const;
|
||||
int GetUPosition() const;
|
||||
int GetVPosition() const;
|
||||
int GetMovementThreshold() const;
|
||||
void SetMovementThreshold(int threshold) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Capabilities
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
bool IsOk() const; // Checks that the joystick is functioning
|
||||
static int GetNumberJoysticks() ;
|
||||
int GetManufacturerId() const ;
|
||||
int GetProductId() const ;
|
||||
wxString GetProductName() const ;
|
||||
int GetXMin() const;
|
||||
int GetYMin() const;
|
||||
int GetZMin() const;
|
||||
int GetXMax() const;
|
||||
int GetYMax() const;
|
||||
int GetZMax() const;
|
||||
int GetNumberButtons() const;
|
||||
int GetNumberAxes() const;
|
||||
int GetMaxButtons() const;
|
||||
int GetMaxAxes() const;
|
||||
int GetPollingMin() const;
|
||||
int GetPollingMax() const;
|
||||
int GetRudderMin() const;
|
||||
int GetRudderMax() const;
|
||||
int GetUMin() const;
|
||||
int GetUMax() const;
|
||||
int GetVMin() const;
|
||||
int GetVMax() const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool HasRudder() const;
|
||||
bool HasZ() const;
|
||||
bool HasU() const;
|
||||
bool HasV() const;
|
||||
bool HasPOV() const;
|
||||
bool HasPOV4Dir() const;
|
||||
bool HasPOVCTS() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Operations
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
// pollingFreq = 0 means that movement events are sent when above the threshold.
|
||||
// If pollingFreq > 0, events are received every this many milliseconds.
|
||||
bool SetCapture(wxWindow* win, int pollingFreq = 0);
|
||||
bool ReleaseCapture();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int m_joystick;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
|
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/listbox.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxListBox class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_LISTBOX_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_LISTBOX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// simple types
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#include "wx/dynarray.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/arrstr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// forward decl for GetSelections()
|
||||
class wxArrayInt;
|
||||
|
||||
// forward decl for wxListWidgetImpl implementation type.
|
||||
class wxListWidgetImpl;
|
||||
|
||||
// List box item
|
||||
|
||||
WX_DEFINE_ARRAY( char* , wxListDataArray );
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// List box control
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListWidgetColumn;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListWidgetCellValue;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListBox : public wxListBoxBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors and such
|
||||
wxListBox();
|
||||
|
||||
wxListBox(
|
||||
wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID winid,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, winid, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxListBox(
|
||||
wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID winid,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, winid, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(
|
||||
wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID winid,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0,
|
||||
const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(
|
||||
wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID winid,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxListBox();
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBack = true, const wxRect *rect = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
|
||||
virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s);
|
||||
virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// data callbacks
|
||||
virtual void GetValueCallback( unsigned int n, wxListWidgetColumn* col , wxListWidgetCellValue& value );
|
||||
virtual void SetValueCallback( unsigned int n, wxListWidgetColumn* col , wxListWidgetCellValue& value );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const;
|
||||
virtual int GetSelection() const;
|
||||
virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void EnsureVisible(int n);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// wxCheckListBox support
|
||||
static wxVisualAttributes
|
||||
GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
|
||||
|
||||
wxListWidgetImpl* GetListPeer() const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool MacGetBlockEvents() const { return m_blockEvents; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void HandleLineEvent( unsigned int n, bool doubleClick );
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// callback for derived classes which may have to insert additional data
|
||||
// at a certain line - which cannot be predetermined for sorted list data
|
||||
virtual void OnItemInserted(unsigned int pos);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoClear();
|
||||
virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n);
|
||||
|
||||
// from wxItemContainer
|
||||
virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
|
||||
unsigned int pos,
|
||||
void **clientData, wxClientDataType type);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
|
||||
virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// from wxListBoxBase
|
||||
virtual void DoSetSelection(int n, bool select);
|
||||
virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n);
|
||||
virtual int DoListHitTest(const wxPoint& point) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// free memory (common part of Clear() and dtor)
|
||||
// prevent collision with some BSD definitions of macro Free()
|
||||
void FreeData();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_blockEvents;
|
||||
|
||||
wxListWidgetColumn* m_textColumn;
|
||||
|
||||
// data storage (copied from univ)
|
||||
|
||||
// the array containing all items (it is sorted if the listbox has
|
||||
// wxLB_SORT style)
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxArrayString *unsorted;
|
||||
wxSortedArrayString *sorted;
|
||||
} m_strings;
|
||||
|
||||
// and this one the client data (either void or wxClientData)
|
||||
wxArrayPtrVoid m_itemsClientData;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListBox)
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_LISTBOX_H_
|
@@ -1,420 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: listctrl.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxListCtrl class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/generic/listctrl.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxMAC_ALWAYS_USE_GENERIC_LISTCTRL wxT("mac.listctrl.always_use_generic")
|
||||
|
||||
class wxMacDataBrowserListCtrlControl;
|
||||
class wxListCtrlTextCtrlWrapper;
|
||||
class wxListCtrlRenameTimer;
|
||||
|
||||
WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxListItem, wxColumnList);
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListCtrl: public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListCtrl)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Public interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
wxListCtrl() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxListCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxLC_ICON,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListCtrlNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxListCtrl();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxLC_ICON,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListCtrlNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// Attributes
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets information about this column
|
||||
bool GetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets information about this column
|
||||
// TODO: NOT const to be compatible with wxGenericListCtrl API
|
||||
bool SetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the column width
|
||||
int GetColumnWidth(int col) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the column width
|
||||
bool SetColumnWidth(int col, int width) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the number of items that can fit vertically in the
|
||||
// visible area of the list control (list or report view)
|
||||
// or the total number of items in the list control (icon
|
||||
// or small icon view)
|
||||
int GetCountPerPage() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the edit control for editing labels.
|
||||
wxTextCtrl* GetEditControl() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets information about the item
|
||||
bool GetItem(wxListItem& info) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets information about the item
|
||||
bool SetItem(wxListItem& info) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets a string field at a particular column
|
||||
long SetItem(long index, int col, const wxString& label, int imageId = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the item state
|
||||
int GetItemState(long item, long stateMask) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the item state
|
||||
bool SetItemState(long item, long state, long stateMask) ;
|
||||
|
||||
void AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which);
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the item image
|
||||
bool SetItemImage(long item, int image, int selImage = -1) ;
|
||||
bool SetItemColumnImage(long item, long column, int image);
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the item text
|
||||
wxString GetItemText(long item) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the item text
|
||||
void SetItemText(long item, const wxString& str) ;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetItemTextColour(long item, const wxColour& colour) ;
|
||||
wxColour GetItemTextColour(long item) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetItemBackgroundColour(long item, const wxColour& colour) ;
|
||||
wxColour GetItemBackgroundColour(long item) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetItemFont( long item, const wxFont &f);
|
||||
wxFont GetItemFont( long item ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the item data
|
||||
long GetItemData(long item) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the item data
|
||||
bool SetItemPtrData(long item, wxUIntPtr data);
|
||||
bool SetItemData(long item, long data) { return SetItemPtrData(item, data); }
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the item rectangle
|
||||
bool GetItemRect(long item, wxRect& rect, int code = wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the item position
|
||||
bool GetItemPosition(long item, wxPoint& pos) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the item position
|
||||
bool SetItemPosition(long item, const wxPoint& pos) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the number of items in the list control
|
||||
int GetItemCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the number of columns in the list control
|
||||
int GetColumnCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall = false );
|
||||
wxSize GetItemSpacing() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the number of selected items in the list control
|
||||
int GetSelectedItemCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxRect GetViewRect() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the text colour of the listview
|
||||
wxColour GetTextColour() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the text colour of the listview
|
||||
void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col);
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the index of the topmost visible item when in
|
||||
// list or report view
|
||||
long GetTopItem() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// are we in report mode?
|
||||
bool InReportView() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_REPORT); }
|
||||
|
||||
bool IsVirtual() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_VIRTUAL); }
|
||||
|
||||
// Add or remove a single window style
|
||||
void SetSingleStyle(long style, bool add = true) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the whole window style
|
||||
void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Searches for an item, starting from 'item'.
|
||||
// item can be -1 to find the first item that matches the
|
||||
// specified flags.
|
||||
// Returns the item or -1 if unsuccessful.
|
||||
long GetNextItem(long item, int geometry = wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, int state = wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation: converts wxWidgets style to MSW style.
|
||||
// Can be a single style flag or a bit list.
|
||||
// oldStyle is 'normalised' so that it doesn't contain
|
||||
// conflicting styles.
|
||||
long ConvertToMSWStyle(long& oldStyle, long style) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets one of the three image lists
|
||||
wxImageList *GetImageList(int which) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Sets the image list
|
||||
// N.B. There's a quirk in the Win95 list view implementation.
|
||||
// If in wxLC_LIST mode, it'll *still* display images by the labels if
|
||||
// there's a small-icon image list set for the control - even though you
|
||||
// haven't specified wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE when inserting.
|
||||
// So you have to set a NULL small-icon image list to be sure that
|
||||
// the wxLC_LIST mode works without icons. Of course, you may want icons...
|
||||
void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Operations
|
||||
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
// Arranges the items
|
||||
bool Arrange(int flag = wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT);
|
||||
|
||||
// Deletes an item
|
||||
bool DeleteItem(long item);
|
||||
|
||||
// Deletes all items
|
||||
bool DeleteAllItems() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Deletes a column
|
||||
bool DeleteColumn(int col);
|
||||
|
||||
// Deletes all columns
|
||||
bool DeleteAllColumns();
|
||||
|
||||
// Clears items, and columns if there are any.
|
||||
void ClearAll();
|
||||
|
||||
// Edit the label
|
||||
wxTextCtrl* EditLabel(long item, wxClassInfo* textControlClass = CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl));
|
||||
|
||||
// End label editing, optionally cancelling the edit
|
||||
bool EndEditLabel(bool cancel);
|
||||
|
||||
// Ensures this item is visible
|
||||
bool EnsureVisible(long item) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Find an item whose label matches this string, starting from the item after 'start'
|
||||
// or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
|
||||
long FindItem(long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = false);
|
||||
|
||||
// Find an item whose data matches this data, starting from the item after 'start'
|
||||
// or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
|
||||
long FindItem(long start, long data);
|
||||
|
||||
// Find an item nearest this position in the specified direction, starting from
|
||||
// the item after 'start' or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
|
||||
long FindItem(long start, const wxPoint& pt, int direction);
|
||||
|
||||
// Determines which item (if any) is at the specified point,
|
||||
// giving details in 'flags' (see wxLIST_HITTEST_... flags above)
|
||||
// Request the subitem number as well at the given coordinate.
|
||||
long HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags, long* ptrSubItem = NULL) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Inserts an item, returning the index of the new item if successful,
|
||||
// -1 otherwise.
|
||||
// TOD: Should also have some further convenience functions
|
||||
// which don't require setting a wxListItem object
|
||||
long InsertItem(wxListItem& info);
|
||||
|
||||
// Insert a string item
|
||||
long InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label);
|
||||
|
||||
// Insert an image item
|
||||
long InsertItem(long index, int imageIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
// Insert an image/string item
|
||||
long InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label, int imageIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
// For list view mode (only), inserts a column.
|
||||
long InsertColumn(long col, wxListItem& info);
|
||||
|
||||
long InsertColumn(long col, const wxString& heading, int format = wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT,
|
||||
int width = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Scrolls the list control. If in icon, small icon or report view mode,
|
||||
// x specifies the number of pixels to scroll. If in list view mode, x
|
||||
// specifies the number of columns to scroll.
|
||||
// If in icon, small icon or list view mode, y specifies the number of pixels
|
||||
// to scroll. If in report view mode, y specifies the number of lines to scroll.
|
||||
bool ScrollList(int dx, int dy);
|
||||
|
||||
// Sort items.
|
||||
|
||||
// fn is a function which takes 3 long arguments: item1, item2, data.
|
||||
// item1 is the long data associated with a first item (NOT the index).
|
||||
// item2 is the long data associated with a second item (NOT the index).
|
||||
// data is the same value as passed to SortItems.
|
||||
// The return value is a negative number if the first item should precede the second
|
||||
// item, a positive number of the second item should precede the first,
|
||||
// or zero if the two items are equivalent.
|
||||
|
||||
// data is arbitrary data to be passed to the sort function.
|
||||
bool SortItems(wxListCtrlCompare fn, long data);
|
||||
|
||||
wxMacDataBrowserListCtrlControl* GetListPeer() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// these functions are only used for virtual list view controls, i.e. the
|
||||
// ones with wxLC_VIRTUAL style
|
||||
|
||||
void SetItemCount(long count);
|
||||
void RefreshItem(long item);
|
||||
void RefreshItems(long itemFrom, long itemTo);
|
||||
|
||||
// return the text for the given column of the given item
|
||||
virtual wxString OnGetItemText(long item, long column) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// return the icon for the given item. In report view, OnGetItemImage will
|
||||
// only be called for the first column. See OnGetItemColumnImage for
|
||||
// details.
|
||||
virtual int OnGetItemImage(long item) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// return the icon for the given item and column.
|
||||
virtual int OnGetItemColumnImage(long item, long column) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// return the attribute for the item (may return NULL if none)
|
||||
virtual wxListItemAttr *OnGetItemAttr(long item) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Why should we need this function? Leave for now.
|
||||
* We might need it because item data may have changed,
|
||||
* but the display needs refreshing (in string callback mode)
|
||||
// Updates an item. If the list control has the wxLI_AUTO_ARRANGE style,
|
||||
// the items will be rearranged.
|
||||
bool Update(long item);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); };
|
||||
|
||||
wxListCtrlCompare GetCompareFunc() { return m_compareFunc; };
|
||||
long GetCompareFuncData() { return m_compareFuncData; };
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// public overrides needed for pimpl approach
|
||||
virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
|
||||
virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
|
||||
virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
|
||||
virtual wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// functions for editing/timer
|
||||
void OnRenameTimer();
|
||||
bool OnRenameAccept(long itemEdit, const wxString& value);
|
||||
void OnRenameCancelled(long itemEdit);
|
||||
|
||||
void ChangeCurrent(long current);
|
||||
void ResetCurrent() { ChangeCurrent((long)-1); }
|
||||
bool HasCurrent() const { return m_current != (long)-1; }
|
||||
|
||||
void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnDblClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
void FinishEditing(wxTextCtrl *text)
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete text;
|
||||
m_textctrlWrapper = NULL;
|
||||
SetFocus();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetScrollPos(int orient) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnMiddleDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
|
||||
virtual void SetFocus();
|
||||
void FireMouseEvent(wxEventType eventType, wxPoint position);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget );
|
||||
virtual wxDropTarget* GetDropTarget() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// with CG, we need to get the context from an kEventControlDraw event
|
||||
// unfortunately, the DataBrowser callbacks don't provide the context
|
||||
// and we need it, so we need to set/remove it before and after draw
|
||||
// events so we can access it in the callbacks.
|
||||
void MacSetDrawingContext(void* context) { m_cgContext = context; }
|
||||
void* MacGetDrawingContext() { return m_cgContext; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static wxVisualAttributes
|
||||
GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
// protected overrides needed for pimpl approach
|
||||
virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
|
||||
int width, int height,
|
||||
int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
long m_current;
|
||||
wxListCtrlTextCtrlWrapper *m_textctrlWrapper;
|
||||
wxListCtrlRenameTimer *m_renameTimer;
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
wxGenericListCtrl* m_genericImpl; // allow use of the generic impl.
|
||||
wxMacDataBrowserListCtrlControl* m_dbImpl;
|
||||
void* m_macListCtrlEventHandler;
|
||||
void* m_cgContext;
|
||||
wxListCtrlCompare m_compareFunc;
|
||||
long m_compareFuncData;
|
||||
|
||||
wxTextCtrl* m_textCtrl; // The control used for editing a label
|
||||
wxImageList * m_imageListNormal; // The image list for normal icons
|
||||
wxImageList * m_imageListSmall; // The image list for small icons
|
||||
wxImageList * m_imageListState; // The image list state icons (not implemented yet)
|
||||
|
||||
wxColumnList m_colsInfo; // for storing info about each column
|
||||
wxColour m_textColor;
|
||||
wxColour m_bgColor;
|
||||
|
||||
// keep track of whether or not we should delete the image list ourselves.
|
||||
bool m_ownsImageListNormal,
|
||||
m_ownsImageListSmall,
|
||||
m_ownsImageListState;
|
||||
|
||||
long m_baseStyle; // Basic Windows style flags, for recreation purposes
|
||||
int m_colCount; // Windows doesn't have GetColumnCount so must
|
||||
// keep track of inserted/deleted columns
|
||||
|
||||
int m_count; // for virtual lists, store item count
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int CalcColumnAutoWidth(int col) const;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
|
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/osx/carbon/mdi.h
|
||||
// Purpose: MDI (Multiple Document Interface) classes.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by: 2008-10-31 Vadim Zeitlin: derive from the base classes
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_OSX_CARBON_MDI_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_OSX_CARBON_MDI_H_
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIParentFrame : public wxMDIParentFrameBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMDIParentFrame() { Init(); }
|
||||
wxMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxMDIParentFrame();
|
||||
|
||||
// implement/override base class [pure] virtuals
|
||||
// ---------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
static bool IsTDI() { return false; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void AddChild(wxWindowBase *child);
|
||||
virtual void RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void ActivateNext() { /* TODO */ }
|
||||
virtual void ActivatePrevious() { /* TODO */ }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Mac-specific implementation from now on
|
||||
// ---------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// Mac OS activate event
|
||||
virtual void MacActivate(long timestamp, bool activating);
|
||||
|
||||
// wxWidgets activate event
|
||||
void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menu_bar);
|
||||
|
||||
// Get rect to be used to center top-level children
|
||||
virtual void GetRectForTopLevelChildren(int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
// returns true if this frame has some contents and so should be visible,
|
||||
// false if it's used solely as container for its children
|
||||
bool ShouldBeVisible() const;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxMenu *m_windowMenu;
|
||||
|
||||
// true if MDI Frame is intercepting commands, not child
|
||||
bool m_parentFrameActive;
|
||||
|
||||
// true if the frame should be shown but is not because it is empty and
|
||||
// useless otherwise than a container for its children
|
||||
bool m_shouldBeShown;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIChildFrame;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIChildFrame : public wxMDIChildFrameBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMDIChildFrame() { Init(); }
|
||||
wxMDIChildFrame(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init() ;
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxMDIChildFrame();
|
||||
|
||||
// un-override the base class override
|
||||
virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return true; }
|
||||
|
||||
// implement MDI operations
|
||||
virtual void Activate();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Mac OS activate event
|
||||
virtual void MacActivate(long timestamp, bool activating);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIChildFrame)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIClientWindow : public wxMDIClientWindowBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMDIClientWindow() { }
|
||||
virtual ~wxMDIClientWindow();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool CreateClient(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
|
||||
long style = wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIClientWindow)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_OSX_CARBON_MDI_H_
|
@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: menu.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMenu, wxMenuBar classes
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MENU_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MENU_H_
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame;
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/arrstr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Menu
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuImpl ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenu : public wxMenuBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors & dtor
|
||||
wxMenu(const wxString& title, long style = 0)
|
||||
: wxMenuBase(title, style) { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxMenu(long style = 0) : wxMenuBase(style) { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxMenu();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Attach(wxMenuBarBase *menubar) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Break();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title);
|
||||
|
||||
bool ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
// semi-private accessors
|
||||
|
||||
// get the window which contains this menu
|
||||
wxWindow *GetWindow() const;
|
||||
// get the menu handle
|
||||
WXHMENU GetHMenu() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation only from now on
|
||||
// -------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
bool HandleCommandUpdateStatus( wxMenuItem* menuItem, wxWindow* senderWindow = NULL);
|
||||
bool HandleCommandProcess( wxMenuItem* menuItem, wxWindow* senderWindow = NULL);
|
||||
void HandleMenuItemHighlighted( wxMenuItem* menuItem );
|
||||
void HandleMenuOpened();
|
||||
void HandleMenuClosed();
|
||||
|
||||
wxMenuImpl* GetPeer() { return m_peer; }
|
||||
|
||||
// make sure we can veto
|
||||
void SetAllowRearrange( bool allow );
|
||||
bool AllowRearrange() const { return m_allowRearrange; }
|
||||
|
||||
// if a menu is used purely for internal implementation reasons (eg wxChoice)
|
||||
// we don't want native menu events being triggered
|
||||
void SetNoEventsMode( bool noEvents );
|
||||
bool GetNoEventsMode() const { return m_noEventsMode; }
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// hide special menu items like exit, preferences etc
|
||||
// that are expected in the app menu
|
||||
void DoRearrange() ;
|
||||
|
||||
bool DoHandleMenuEvent( wxEvent& evt );
|
||||
virtual wxMenuItem* DoAppend(wxMenuItem *item);
|
||||
virtual wxMenuItem* DoInsert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item);
|
||||
virtual wxMenuItem* DoRemove(wxMenuItem *item);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
// common part of Append/Insert (behaves as Append is pos == (size_t)-1)
|
||||
bool DoInsertOrAppend(wxMenuItem *item, size_t pos = (size_t)-1);
|
||||
|
||||
// terminate the current radio group, if any
|
||||
void EndRadioGroup();
|
||||
|
||||
// if TRUE, insert a breal before appending the next item
|
||||
bool m_doBreak;
|
||||
|
||||
// in this menu rearranging of menu items (esp hiding) is allowed
|
||||
bool m_allowRearrange;
|
||||
|
||||
// don't trigger native events
|
||||
bool m_noEventsMode;
|
||||
|
||||
// the position of the first item in the current radio group or -1
|
||||
int m_startRadioGroup;
|
||||
|
||||
wxMenuImpl* m_peer;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenu)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON
|
||||
|
||||
// the iphone only has popup-menus
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Menu Bar (a la Windows)
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuBar : public wxMenuBarBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors & dtor
|
||||
// default constructor
|
||||
wxMenuBar();
|
||||
// unused under MSW
|
||||
wxMenuBar(long style);
|
||||
// menubar takes ownership of the menus arrays but copies the titles
|
||||
wxMenuBar(size_t n, wxMenu *menus[], const wxString titles[], long style = 0);
|
||||
virtual ~wxMenuBar();
|
||||
|
||||
// menubar construction
|
||||
virtual bool Append( wxMenu *menu, const wxString &title );
|
||||
virtual bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
|
||||
virtual wxMenu *Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
|
||||
virtual wxMenu *Remove(size_t pos);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int FindMenuItem(const wxString& menuString,
|
||||
const wxString& itemString) const;
|
||||
virtual wxMenuItem* FindItem( int id, wxMenu **menu = NULL ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void EnableTop( size_t pos, bool flag );
|
||||
virtual void SetMenuLabel( size_t pos, const wxString& label );
|
||||
virtual wxString GetMenuLabel( size_t pos ) const;
|
||||
virtual bool Enable( bool enable = TRUE );
|
||||
// for virtual function hiding
|
||||
virtual void Enable( int itemid, bool enable )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMenuBarBase::Enable( itemid, enable );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation from now on
|
||||
int FindMenu(const wxString& title);
|
||||
void Detach();
|
||||
|
||||
// returns TRUE if we're attached to a frame
|
||||
bool IsAttached() const { return m_menuBarFrame != NULL; }
|
||||
// get the frame we live in
|
||||
wxFrame *GetFrame() const { return m_menuBarFrame; }
|
||||
// attach to a frame
|
||||
void Attach(wxFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
// clear the invoking window for all menus and submenus
|
||||
void UnsetInvokingWindow() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// set the invoking window for all menus and submenus
|
||||
void SetInvokingWindow( wxFrame* frame ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// if the menubar is modified, the display is not updated automatically,
|
||||
// call this function to update it (m_menuBarFrame should be !NULL)
|
||||
void Refresh(bool eraseBackground = TRUE, const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
static void SetAutoWindowMenu( bool enable ) { s_macAutoWindowMenu = enable ; }
|
||||
static bool GetAutoWindowMenu() { return s_macAutoWindowMenu ; }
|
||||
|
||||
void MacInstallMenuBar() ;
|
||||
static wxMenuBar* MacGetInstalledMenuBar() { return s_macInstalledMenuBar ; }
|
||||
static void MacSetCommonMenuBar(wxMenuBar* menubar) { s_macCommonMenuBar=menubar; }
|
||||
static wxMenuBar* MacGetCommonMenuBar() { return s_macCommonMenuBar; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static WXHMENU MacGetWindowMenuHMenu() { return s_macWindowMenuHandle ; }
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
wxWindow *m_invokingWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
wxArrayString m_titles;
|
||||
static bool s_macAutoWindowMenu ;
|
||||
static WXHMENU s_macWindowMenuHandle ;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
static wxMenuBar* s_macInstalledMenuBar ;
|
||||
static wxMenuBar* s_macCommonMenuBar ;
|
||||
|
||||
wxMenu* m_rootMenu;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuBar)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MENU_H_
|
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/menuitem.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMenuItem class
|
||||
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 11.11.97
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _MENUITEM_H
|
||||
#define _MENUITEM_H
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// headers
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/bitmap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMenuItem: an item in the menu, optionally implements owner-drawn behaviour
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuItemImpl ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuItem: public wxMenuItemBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctor & dtor
|
||||
wxMenuItem(wxMenu *parentMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL,
|
||||
int id = wxID_SEPARATOR,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
|
||||
wxMenu *subMenu = (wxMenu *)NULL);
|
||||
virtual ~wxMenuItem();
|
||||
|
||||
// override base class virtuals
|
||||
virtual void SetItemLabel(const wxString& strName);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Enable(bool bDoEnable = true);
|
||||
virtual void Check(bool bDoCheck = true);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) ;
|
||||
virtual const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
|
||||
|
||||
// update the os specific representation
|
||||
void UpdateItemBitmap() ;
|
||||
void UpdateItemText() ;
|
||||
void UpdateItemStatus() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// mark item as belonging to the given radio group
|
||||
void SetAsRadioGroupStart();
|
||||
void SetRadioGroupStart(int start);
|
||||
void SetRadioGroupEnd(int end);
|
||||
|
||||
wxMenuItemImpl* GetPeer() { return m_peer; }
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void UncheckRadio() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// the positions of the first and last items of the radio group this item
|
||||
// belongs to or -1: start is the radio group start and is valid for all
|
||||
// but first radio group items (m_isRadioGroupStart == FALSE), end is valid
|
||||
// only for the first one
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
int start;
|
||||
int end;
|
||||
} m_radioGroup;
|
||||
|
||||
// does this item start a radio group?
|
||||
bool m_isRadioGroupStart;
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap m_bitmap; // Bitmap for menuitem, if any
|
||||
void* m_menu ; // the appropriate menu , may also be a system menu
|
||||
|
||||
wxMenuItemImpl* m_peer;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuItem)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //_MENUITEM_H
|
@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: metafile.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMetaFile, wxMetaFileDC classes.
|
||||
// This probably should be restricted to Windows platforms,
|
||||
// but if there is an equivalent on your platform, great.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_METAFIILE_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_METAFIILE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dc.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
|
||||
#include "wx/dataobj.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/dcclient.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Metafile and metafile device context classes
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxMetaFile wxMetafile
|
||||
#define wxMetaFileDC wxMetafileDC
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMetafile;
|
||||
class wxMetafileRefData ;
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_METAFILEDATA ((wxMetafileRefData *)m_refData)
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMetafile : public wxGDIObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMetafile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
|
||||
virtual ~wxMetafile(void);
|
||||
|
||||
// After this is called, the metafile cannot be used for anything
|
||||
// since it is now owned by the clipboard.
|
||||
virtual bool SetClipboard(int width = 0, int height = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Play(wxDC *dc);
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize GetSize() const;
|
||||
int GetWidth() const { return GetSize().x; }
|
||||
int GetHeight() const { return GetSize().y; }
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
WXHMETAFILE GetHMETAFILE() const ;
|
||||
void SetHMETAFILE(WXHMETAFILE mf) ;
|
||||
#ifndef __LP64__
|
||||
// Since the native metafile format is PDF for Quartz
|
||||
// we need a call that allows setting PICT content for
|
||||
// backwards compatibility
|
||||
void SetPICT(void* pictHandle) ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const;
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMetafile)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMetafileDCImpl: public wxGCDCImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMetafileDCImpl( wxDC *owner,
|
||||
const wxString& filename,
|
||||
int width, int height,
|
||||
const wxString& description );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxMetafileDCImpl();
|
||||
|
||||
// Should be called at end of drawing
|
||||
virtual wxMetafile *Close();
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
wxMetafile *GetMetaFile(void) const { return m_metaFile; }
|
||||
void SetMetaFile(wxMetafile *mf) { m_metaFile = mf; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxMetafile* m_metaFile;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxMetafileDCImpl)
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMetafileDCImpl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMetafileDC: public wxDC
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// the ctor parameters specify the filename (empty for memory metafiles),
|
||||
// the metafile picture size and the optional description/comment
|
||||
wxMetafileDC( const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
int width = 0, int height = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& description = wxEmptyString ) :
|
||||
wxDC( new wxMetafileDCImpl( this, filename, width, height, description) )
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
wxMetafile *GetMetafile() const
|
||||
{ return ((wxMetafileDCImpl*)m_pimpl)->GetMetaFile(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxMetafile *Close()
|
||||
{ return ((wxMetafileDCImpl*)m_pimpl)->Close(); }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxMetafileDC)
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMetafileDC)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Pass filename of existing non-placeable metafile, and bounding box.
|
||||
* Adds a placeable metafile header, sets the mapping mode to anisotropic,
|
||||
* and sets the window origin and extent to mimic the wxMM_TEXT mapping mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// No origin or extent
|
||||
#define wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable wxMakeMetafilePlaceable
|
||||
bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMakeMetafilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, float scale = 1.0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional origin and extent
|
||||
bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, float scale = 1.0, bool useOriginAndExtent = TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxMetafileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for metafile data
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMetafileDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors
|
||||
wxMetafileDataObject()
|
||||
: wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_METAFILE) { };
|
||||
wxMetafileDataObject(const wxMetafile& metafile)
|
||||
: wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_METAFILE), m_metafile(metafile) { }
|
||||
|
||||
// virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on
|
||||
// demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
|
||||
virtual void SetMetafile(const wxMetafile& metafile)
|
||||
{ m_metafile = metafile; }
|
||||
virtual wxMetafile GetMetafile() const
|
||||
{ return m_metafile; }
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
|
||||
virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
|
||||
virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const
|
||||
{ return GetDataSize(); }
|
||||
virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
|
||||
void *buf) const
|
||||
{ return GetDataHere(buf); }
|
||||
virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
|
||||
size_t len, const void *buf)
|
||||
{ return SetData(len, buf); }
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxMetafile m_metafile;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_METAFIILE_H_
|
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/mimetype.h
|
||||
// Purpose: Mac Carbon implementation for wx mime-related classes
|
||||
// Author: Ryan Norton
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 04/16/2005
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2005 Ryan Norton (<wxprojects@comcast.net>)
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
|
||||
#define _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/mimetype.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class wxMimeTypesManagerImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public :
|
||||
//kinda kooky but in wxMimeTypesManager::EnsureImpl it doesn't call
|
||||
//intialize, so we do it ourselves
|
||||
wxMimeTypesManagerImpl() : m_hIC(NULL) { Initialize(); }
|
||||
~wxMimeTypesManagerImpl() { ClearData(); }
|
||||
|
||||
// load all data into memory - done when it is needed for the first time
|
||||
void Initialize(int mailcapStyles = wxMAILCAP_STANDARD,
|
||||
const wxString& extraDir = wxEmptyString);
|
||||
|
||||
// and delete the data here
|
||||
void ClearData();
|
||||
|
||||
// implement containing class functions
|
||||
wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext);
|
||||
wxFileType *GetOrAllocateFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext) ;
|
||||
wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromMimeType(const wxString& mimeType);
|
||||
|
||||
size_t EnumAllFileTypes(wxArrayString& mimetypes);
|
||||
|
||||
void AddFallback(const wxFileTypeInfo& ft) { m_fallbacks.Add(ft); }
|
||||
|
||||
// create a new filetype association
|
||||
wxFileType *Associate(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo);
|
||||
// remove association
|
||||
bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxArrayFileTypeInfo m_fallbacks;
|
||||
void* m_hIC;
|
||||
void** m_hDatabase;
|
||||
long m_lCount;
|
||||
|
||||
void* pReserved1;
|
||||
void* pReserved2;
|
||||
void* pReserved3;
|
||||
void* pReserved4;
|
||||
void* pReserved5;
|
||||
void* pReserved6;
|
||||
|
||||
friend class wxFileTypeImpl;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class wxFileTypeImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//kind of nutty, but mimecmn.cpp creates one with an empty new
|
||||
wxFileTypeImpl() : m_manager(NULL) {}
|
||||
~wxFileTypeImpl() {} //for those broken compilers
|
||||
|
||||
// implement accessor functions
|
||||
bool GetExtensions(wxArrayString& extensions);
|
||||
bool GetMimeType(wxString *mimeType) const;
|
||||
bool GetMimeTypes(wxArrayString& mimeTypes) const;
|
||||
bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconLoc) const;
|
||||
bool GetDescription(wxString *desc) const;
|
||||
bool GetOpenCommand(wxString *openCmd,
|
||||
const wxFileType::MessageParameters&) const;
|
||||
bool GetPrintCommand(wxString *printCmd,
|
||||
const wxFileType::MessageParameters&) const;
|
||||
|
||||
size_t GetAllCommands(wxArrayString * verbs, wxArrayString * commands,
|
||||
const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// remove the record for this file type
|
||||
// probably a mistake to come here, use wxMimeTypesManager.Unassociate (ft) instead
|
||||
bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_manager->Unassociate(ft);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// set an arbitrary command, ask confirmation if it already exists and
|
||||
// overwriteprompt is TRUE
|
||||
bool SetCommand(const wxString& cmd, const wxString& verb, bool overwriteprompt = TRUE);
|
||||
bool SetDefaultIcon(const wxString& strIcon = wxEmptyString, int index = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void Init(wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *manager, long lIndex)
|
||||
{ m_manager=(manager); m_lIndex=(lIndex); }
|
||||
|
||||
// helper function
|
||||
wxString GetCommand(const wxString& verb) const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *m_manager;
|
||||
long m_lIndex;
|
||||
|
||||
void* pReserved1;
|
||||
void* pReserved2;
|
||||
void* pReserved3;
|
||||
void* pReserved4;
|
||||
void* pReserved5;
|
||||
void* pReserved6;
|
||||
|
||||
friend class wxMimeTypesManagerImpl;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
//_MIMETYPE_H
|
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: minifram.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMiniFrame class. A small frame for e.g. floating toolbars.
|
||||
// If there is no equivalent on your platform, just make it a
|
||||
// normal frame.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/frame.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMiniFrame: public wxFrame {
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMiniFrame)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxMiniFrame() {}
|
||||
inline wxMiniFrame(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxCAPTION | wxRESIZE_BORDER | wxTINY_CAPTION_HORIZ,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Use wxFrame constructor in absence of more specific code.
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style | wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW | wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT , name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxMiniFrame() {}
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
|
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/msgdlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMessageDialog class. Use generic version if no
|
||||
// platform-specific implementation.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMessageDialog : public wxMessageDialogWithCustomLabels
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxString& message,
|
||||
const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr,
|
||||
long style = wxOK|wxCENTRE,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int ShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// not supported for message dialog
|
||||
virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height),
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {}
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMessageDialog)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
|
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/nonownedwnd.h
|
||||
// Purpose: declares wxNonOwnedWindow class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 2008-03-24
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id: nonownedwnd.h 46993 2007-06-28 08:46:04Z VS $
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2008 Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_NONOWNEDWND_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_NONOWNEDWND_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/window.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS
|
||||
#define wxMAC_WINDOW_PLAIN_TRANSITION _T("mac.window-plain-transition")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxNonOwnedWindow
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// This class represents "non-owned" window. A window is owned by another
|
||||
// window if it has a parent and is positioned within the parent. For example,
|
||||
// wxFrame is non-owned, because even though it can have a parent, it's
|
||||
// location is independent of it. This class is for internal use only, it's
|
||||
// the base class for wxTopLevelWindow and wxPopupWindow.
|
||||
|
||||
class wxNonOwnedWindowImpl;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNonOwnedWindow : public wxWindow
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// constructors and such
|
||||
wxNonOwnedWindow() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxNonOwnedWindow(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
(void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxNonOwnedWindow();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool SetShape(const wxRegion& region);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool SetTransparent(wxByte alpha);
|
||||
virtual bool CanSetTransparent();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle style);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Update();
|
||||
|
||||
WXWindow GetWXWindow() const ;
|
||||
static wxNonOwnedWindow* GetFromWXWindow( WXWindow win );
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation from now on
|
||||
// --------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// activation hooks only necessary for MDI Implementation
|
||||
static void MacDelayedDeactivation(long timestamp);
|
||||
virtual void MacActivate( long timestamp , bool inIsActivating ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Raise();
|
||||
virtual void Lower();
|
||||
virtual bool Show( bool show = true );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool ShowWithEffect(wxShowEffect effect,
|
||||
unsigned timeout = 0) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HideWithEffect(wxShowEffect effect,
|
||||
unsigned timeout = 0) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetExtraStyle(long exStyle) ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour &colour );
|
||||
|
||||
wxNonOwnedWindowImpl* GetNonOwnedPeer() const { return m_nowpeer; }
|
||||
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void HandleActivated( double timestampsec, bool didActivate );
|
||||
virtual void HandleResized( double timestampsec );
|
||||
virtual void HandleMoved( double timestampsec );
|
||||
virtual void HandleResizing( double timestampsec, wxRect* rect );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoGetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
|
||||
virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxNonOwnedWindowImpl* m_nowpeer ;
|
||||
|
||||
// wxWindowMac* m_macFocus ;
|
||||
|
||||
static wxNonOwnedWindow *s_macDeactivateWindow;
|
||||
private :
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// list of all frames and modeless dialogs
|
||||
extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxWindowList) wxModelessWindows;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_NONOWNEDWND_H_
|
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: notebook.h
|
||||
// Purpose: MSW/GTK compatible notebook (a.k.a. property sheet)
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// headers
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// types
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// fwd declarations
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxNotebook
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNotebook : public wxNotebookBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors
|
||||
// -----
|
||||
// default for dynamic class
|
||||
wxNotebook();
|
||||
// the same arguments as for wxControl (@@@ any special styles?)
|
||||
wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr);
|
||||
// Create() function
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr);
|
||||
// dtor
|
||||
virtual ~wxNotebook();
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
// ---------
|
||||
// set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously
|
||||
// selected one (or -1 on error)
|
||||
// NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events
|
||||
int SetSelection(size_t nPage) { return DoSetSelection(nPage, SetSelection_SendEvent); }
|
||||
// get the currently selected page
|
||||
int GetSelection() const { return m_nSelection; }
|
||||
|
||||
// changes selected page without sending events
|
||||
int ChangeSelection(size_t nPage) { return DoSetSelection(nPage); }
|
||||
|
||||
// set/get the title of a page
|
||||
bool SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText);
|
||||
wxString GetPageText(size_t nPage) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// sets/returns item's image index in the current image list
|
||||
int GetPageImage(size_t nPage) const;
|
||||
bool SetPageImage(size_t nPage, int nImage);
|
||||
|
||||
// control the appearance of the notebook pages
|
||||
// set the size (the same for all pages)
|
||||
virtual void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size);
|
||||
// set the padding between tabs (in pixels)
|
||||
virtual void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding);
|
||||
// sets the size of the tabs (assumes all tabs are the same size)
|
||||
virtual void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz);
|
||||
|
||||
// hit test
|
||||
virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// calculate size for wxNotebookSizer
|
||||
wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const;
|
||||
wxRect GetPageRect() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// operations
|
||||
// ----------
|
||||
// remove all pages
|
||||
bool DeleteAllPages();
|
||||
// the same as AddPage(), but adds it at the specified position
|
||||
bool InsertPage(size_t nPage,
|
||||
wxNotebookPage *pPage,
|
||||
const wxString& strText,
|
||||
bool bSelect = false,
|
||||
int imageId = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
// callbacks
|
||||
// ---------
|
||||
void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnSelChange(wxBookCtrlEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation
|
||||
// --------------
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
|
||||
virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = true);
|
||||
virtual bool DoPhase(int nPhase);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// base class virtuals
|
||||
// -------------------
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxNotebookPage *DoRemovePage(size_t page) ;
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
// helper functions
|
||||
void ChangePage(int nOldSel, int nSel); // change pages
|
||||
void MacSetupTabs();
|
||||
|
||||
int DoSetSelection(size_t nPage, int flags = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// the icon indices
|
||||
wxArrayInt m_images;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_nSelection; // the current selection (-1 if none)
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebook)
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_
|
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/palette.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxPalette class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_PALETTE_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_PALETTE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define M_PALETTEDATA ((wxPaletteRefData *)m_refData)
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPalette : public wxPaletteBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxPalette();
|
||||
|
||||
wxPalette(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue);
|
||||
virtual ~wxPalette();
|
||||
bool Create(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue);
|
||||
|
||||
int GetPixel(unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue) const;
|
||||
bool GetRGB(int pixel, unsigned char *red, unsigned char *green, unsigned char *blue) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetColoursCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const;
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPalette)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_PALETTE_H_
|
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: pnghand.h
|
||||
// Purpose: PNG bitmap handler
|
||||
// Author: Julian Smart
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 04/01/98
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_PNGHAND_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_PNGHAND_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_LIBPNG
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPNGFileHandler: public wxBitmapHandler
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPNGFileHandler)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxPNGFileHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetName(wxT("PNG bitmap file"));
|
||||
SetExtension(wxT("bmp"));
|
||||
SetType(wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags,
|
||||
int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight);
|
||||
virtual bool SaveFile(const wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, int type, const wxPalette *palette = NULL);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //wxUSE_LIBPNG
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_PNGHAND_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,287 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* File: pngread.h
|
||||
* Purpose: PNG file reader
|
||||
* Author: Alejandro Aguilar Sierra/Julian Smart
|
||||
* Created: 1995
|
||||
* Copyright: (c) 1995, Alejandro Aguilar Sierra <asierra@servidor.unam.mx>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_PNGREAD__
|
||||
#define _WX_PNGREAD__
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef byte
|
||||
typedef unsigned char byte;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define WXIMA_COLORS DIB_PAL_COLORS
|
||||
|
||||
typedef byte * ImagePointerType;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
byte red;
|
||||
byte green;
|
||||
byte blue;
|
||||
} rgb_color_struct;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define COLORTYPE_PALETTE 1
|
||||
#define COLORTYPE_COLOR 2
|
||||
#define COLORTYPE_ALPHA 4
|
||||
|
||||
class wxPNGReader
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int filetype;
|
||||
char filename[255];
|
||||
ImagePointerType RawImage; // Image data
|
||||
|
||||
int Width, Height; // Dimensions
|
||||
int Depth; // (bits x pixel)
|
||||
int ColorType; // Bit 1 = Palette used
|
||||
// Bit 2 = Color used
|
||||
// Bit 3 = Alpha used
|
||||
|
||||
long EfeWidth; // Efective Width
|
||||
|
||||
void *lpbi;
|
||||
int bgindex;
|
||||
wxPalette* m_palette;
|
||||
bool imageOK;
|
||||
friend class wxPNGReaderIter;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxPNGReader(void);
|
||||
wxPNGReader (char* ImageFileName); // Read an image file
|
||||
virtual ~wxPNGReader ();
|
||||
|
||||
void Create(int width, int height, int deep, int colortype=-1);
|
||||
|
||||
bool ReadFile( char* ImageFileName=0 );
|
||||
bool SaveFile( char* ImageFileName=0 );
|
||||
bool SaveXPM(char *filename, char *name = 0);
|
||||
int GetWidth( void ) const { return Width; };
|
||||
int GetHeight( void ) const { return Height; };
|
||||
int GetDepth( void ) const { return Depth; };
|
||||
int GetColorType( void ) const { return ColorType; };
|
||||
|
||||
int GetIndex(int x, int y);
|
||||
bool GetRGB(int x, int y, byte* r, byte* g, byte* b);
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetIndex(int x, int y, int index);
|
||||
bool SetRGB(int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b);
|
||||
|
||||
// ColorMap settings
|
||||
bool SetPalette(wxPalette* colourmap);
|
||||
bool SetPalette(int n, rgb_color_struct *rgb_struct);
|
||||
bool SetPalette(int n, byte *r, byte *g=0, byte *b=0);
|
||||
wxPalette* GetPalette() const { return m_palette; }
|
||||
|
||||
void NullData();
|
||||
inline int GetBGIndex(void) { return bgindex; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Inside(int x, int y)
|
||||
{ return (0<=y && y<Height && 0<=x && x<Width); }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxBitmap *GetBitmap(void);
|
||||
virtual bool InstantiateBitmap(wxBitmap *bitmap);
|
||||
wxMask *CreateMask(void);
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
|
||||
inline bool IsOk(void) { return imageOK; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class wxPNGReaderIter
|
||||
{
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int Itx, Ity; // Counters
|
||||
int Stepx, Stepy;
|
||||
ImagePointerType IterImage; // Image pointer
|
||||
wxPNGReader *ima;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors
|
||||
wxPNGReaderIter ( void );
|
||||
wxPNGReaderIter ( wxPNGReader *imax );
|
||||
operator wxPNGReader* ();
|
||||
|
||||
// Iterators
|
||||
bool ItOK ();
|
||||
void reset ();
|
||||
void upset ();
|
||||
void SetRow(byte *buf, int n);
|
||||
void GetRow(byte *buf, int n);
|
||||
byte GetByte( ) { return IterImage[Itx]; }
|
||||
void SetByte(byte b) { IterImage[Itx] = b; }
|
||||
ImagePointerType GetRow(void);
|
||||
bool NextRow();
|
||||
bool PrevRow();
|
||||
bool NextByte();
|
||||
bool PrevByte();
|
||||
|
||||
void SetSteps(int x, int y=0) { Stepx = x; Stepy = y; }
|
||||
void GetSteps(int *x, int *y) { *x = Stepx; *y = Stepy; }
|
||||
bool NextStep();
|
||||
bool PrevStep();
|
||||
|
||||
////////////////////////// AD - for interlace ///////////////////////////////
|
||||
void SetY(int y);
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline
|
||||
wxPNGReaderIter::wxPNGReaderIter(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ima = 0;
|
||||
IterImage = 0;
|
||||
Itx = Ity = 0;
|
||||
Stepx = Stepy = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline
|
||||
wxPNGReaderIter::wxPNGReaderIter(wxPNGReader *imax): ima(imax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ima)
|
||||
IterImage = ima->RawImage;
|
||||
Itx = Ity = 0;
|
||||
Stepx = Stepy = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline
|
||||
wxPNGReaderIter::operator wxPNGReader* ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ima;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline
|
||||
bool wxPNGReaderIter::ItOK ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ima)
|
||||
return ima->Inside(Itx, Ity);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline void wxPNGReaderIter::reset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
IterImage = ima->RawImage;
|
||||
Itx = Ity = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void wxPNGReaderIter::upset()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Itx = 0;
|
||||
Ity = ima->Height-1;
|
||||
IterImage = ima->RawImage + ima->EfeWidth*(ima->Height-1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::NextRow()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (++Ity >= ima->Height) return 0;
|
||||
IterImage += ima->EfeWidth;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::PrevRow()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (--Ity < 0) return 0;
|
||||
IterImage -= ima->EfeWidth;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
////////////////////////// AD - for interlace ///////////////////////////////
|
||||
inline void wxPNGReaderIter::SetY(int y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((y < 0) || (y > ima->Height)) return;
|
||||
Ity = y;
|
||||
IterImage = ima->RawImage + ima->EfeWidth*y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
inline void wxPNGReaderIter::SetRow(byte *buf, int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Here should be bcopy or memcpy
|
||||
//_fmemcpy(IterImage, (void far *)buf, n);
|
||||
if (n<0)
|
||||
n = ima->GetWidth();
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<n; i++) IterImage[i] = buf[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void wxPNGReaderIter::GetRow(byte *buf, int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int i=0; i<n; i++) buf[i] = IterImage[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline ImagePointerType wxPNGReaderIter::GetRow()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return IterImage;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::NextByte()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (++Itx < ima->EfeWidth)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (++Ity < ima->Height)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IterImage += ima->EfeWidth;
|
||||
Itx = 0;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::PrevByte()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (--Itx >= 0)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (--Ity >= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IterImage -= ima->EfeWidth;
|
||||
Itx = 0;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::NextStep()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Itx += Stepx;
|
||||
if (Itx < ima->EfeWidth)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
Ity += Stepy;
|
||||
if (Ity < ima->Height)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IterImage += ima->EfeWidth;
|
||||
Itx = 0;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool wxPNGReaderIter::PrevStep()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Itx -= Stepx;
|
||||
if (Itx >= 0)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
Ity -= Stepy;
|
||||
if (Ity >= 0 && Ity < ima->Height)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IterImage -= ima->EfeWidth;
|
||||
Itx = 0;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/popupwin.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxPopupWindow class for wxMac
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created:
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2006 Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_POPUPWIN_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_POPUPWIN_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxPopupWindow
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPopupWindow : public wxPopupWindowBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxPopupWindow() { }
|
||||
~wxPopupWindow();
|
||||
|
||||
wxPopupWindow(wxWindow *parent, int flags = wxBORDER_NONE)
|
||||
{ (void)Create(parent, flags); }
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, int flags = wxBORDER_NONE);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxPopupWindow)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_POPUPWIN_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: printwin.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxWindowsPrinter, wxWindowsPrintPreview classes
|
||||
// Author: Julian Smart
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_PRINTWIN_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_PRINTWIN_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/prntbase.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Represents the printer: manages printing a wxPrintout object
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacPrinter: public wxPrinterBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMacPrinter)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMacPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL);
|
||||
virtual ~wxMacPrinter();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxPrintout *printout,
|
||||
bool prompt = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent);
|
||||
virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent);
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* wxPrintPreview
|
||||
* Programmer creates an object of this class to preview a wxPrintout.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMacPrintPreview: public wxPrintPreviewBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxMacPrintPreview)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMacPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout,
|
||||
wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = NULL,
|
||||
wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL);
|
||||
wxMacPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout,
|
||||
wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting,
|
||||
wxPrintData *data);
|
||||
virtual ~wxMacPrintPreview();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Print(bool interactive);
|
||||
virtual void DetermineScaling();
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_PRINTWIN_H_
|
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/radiobox.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxRadioBox class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_RADIOBOX_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_RADIOBOX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// List box item
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRadioButton ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRadioBox: public wxControl, public wxRadioBoxBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioBox)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// Constructors & destructor
|
||||
wxRadioBox();
|
||||
inline wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, n, choices, majorDim, style, val, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
inline wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, choices,
|
||||
majorDim, style, val, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
virtual ~wxRadioBox();
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr);
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// Enabling
|
||||
virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
|
||||
virtual bool Enable(unsigned int item, bool enable = true);
|
||||
virtual bool IsItemEnabled(unsigned int item) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Showing
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
|
||||
virtual bool Show(unsigned int item, bool show = true);
|
||||
virtual bool IsItemShown(unsigned int item) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Specific functions (in wxWidgets2 reference)
|
||||
virtual void SetSelection(int item);
|
||||
virtual int GetSelection() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual unsigned int GetCount() const { return m_noItems; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int item) const;
|
||||
virtual void SetString(unsigned int item, const wxString& label);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxString GetLabel() const;
|
||||
virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// protect native font of box
|
||||
virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font );
|
||||
// Other external functions
|
||||
void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void SetFocus();
|
||||
|
||||
// Other variable access functions
|
||||
inline int GetNumberOfRowsOrCols() const { return m_noRowsOrCols; }
|
||||
inline void SetNumberOfRowsOrCols(int n) { m_noRowsOrCols = n; }
|
||||
|
||||
void OnRadioButton( wxCommandEvent& event ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxRadioButton *m_radioButtonCycle;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int m_noItems;
|
||||
int m_noRowsOrCols;
|
||||
|
||||
// Internal functions
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
|
||||
virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
|
||||
int width, int height,
|
||||
int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_RADIOBOX_H_
|
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: radiobut.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxRadioButton class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_RADIOBUT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_RADIOBUT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRadioButton: public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioButton)
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxRadioButton() {}
|
||||
inline wxRadioButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
virtual ~wxRadioButton();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(bool val);
|
||||
virtual bool GetValue() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation
|
||||
|
||||
void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
wxRadioButton *AddInCycle(wxRadioButton *cycle);
|
||||
void RemoveFromCycle();
|
||||
inline wxRadioButton *NextInCycle() {return m_cycle;}
|
||||
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
wxRadioButton *m_cycle;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Not implemented
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap ;
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const wxChar) wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapRadioButton: public wxRadioButton
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapRadioButton)
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxBitmap *theButtonBitmap;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxBitmapRadioButton() { theButtonBitmap = NULL; }
|
||||
inline wxBitmapRadioButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxBitmap *label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxBitmap *label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetLabel(const wxBitmap *label);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(bool val) ;
|
||||
virtual bool GetValue() const ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_RADIOBUT_H_
|
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: scrollbar.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxScrollBar class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SCROLBAR_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_SCROLBAR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// Scrollbar item
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollBar : public wxScrollBarBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxScrollBar() { m_pageSize = 0; m_viewSize = 0; m_objectSize = 0; }
|
||||
virtual ~wxScrollBar();
|
||||
|
||||
wxScrollBar(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetThumbPosition() const ;
|
||||
virtual int GetThumbSize() const { return m_viewSize; }
|
||||
virtual int GetPageSize() const { return m_pageSize; }
|
||||
virtual int GetRange() const { return m_objectSize; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetThumbPosition(int viewStart);
|
||||
virtual void SetScrollbar(int position, int thumbSize, int range,
|
||||
int pageSize, bool refresh = true);
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation only from now on
|
||||
void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control ,
|
||||
wxInt16 controlpart ,
|
||||
bool mouseStillDown ) ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_pageSize;
|
||||
int m_viewSize;
|
||||
int m_objectSize;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollBar)
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_SCROLBAR_H_
|
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: slider.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxSlider class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SLIDER_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_SLIDER_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/slider.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/stattext.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxSliderNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
// Slider
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSlider: public wxSliderBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSlider)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSlider();
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxSlider(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
int value, int minValue, int maxValue,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, value, minValue, maxValue, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxSlider();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
int value, int minValue, int maxValue,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetValue() const ;
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(int);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue);
|
||||
|
||||
inline int GetMin() const { return m_rangeMin; }
|
||||
inline int GetMax() const { return m_rangeMax; }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetMin(int minValue) { SetRange(minValue, m_rangeMax); }
|
||||
void SetMax(int maxValue) { SetRange(m_rangeMin, maxValue); }
|
||||
|
||||
// For trackbars only
|
||||
void SetTickFreq(int n, int pos);
|
||||
inline int GetTickFreq() const { return m_tickFreq; }
|
||||
void SetPageSize(int pageSize);
|
||||
int GetPageSize() const ;
|
||||
void ClearSel() ;
|
||||
void ClearTicks() ;
|
||||
void SetLineSize(int lineSize);
|
||||
int GetLineSize() const ;
|
||||
int GetSelEnd() const ;
|
||||
int GetSelStart() const ;
|
||||
void SetSelection(int minPos, int maxPos);
|
||||
void SetThumbLength(int len) ;
|
||||
int GetThumbLength() const ;
|
||||
void SetTick(int tickPos) ;
|
||||
|
||||
void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
void MacHandleControlClick(WXWidget control, wxInt16 controlpart, bool mouseStillDown);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int w, int h, int sizeFlags);
|
||||
virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int w, int h);
|
||||
|
||||
// set min/max size of the slider
|
||||
virtual void DoSetSizeHints( int minW, int minH,
|
||||
int maxW, int maxH,
|
||||
int incW, int incH);
|
||||
|
||||
// Common processing to invert slider values based on wxSL_INVERSE
|
||||
virtual int ValueInvertOrNot(int value) const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxStaticText* m_macMinimumStatic ;
|
||||
wxStaticText* m_macMaximumStatic ;
|
||||
wxStaticText* m_macValueStatic ;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_rangeMin;
|
||||
int m_rangeMax;
|
||||
int m_pageSize;
|
||||
int m_lineSize;
|
||||
int m_tickFreq;
|
||||
private :
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_SLIDER_H_
|
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: sound.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxSound class (loads and plays short Windows .wav files).
|
||||
// Optional on non-Windows platforms.
|
||||
// Author: Ryan Norton, Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton, Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SOUND_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_SOUND_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_SOUND
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/object.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSound : public wxSoundBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSound();
|
||||
wxSound(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = FALSE);
|
||||
wxSound(int size, const wxByte* data);
|
||||
virtual ~wxSound();
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
bool Create(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = FALSE);
|
||||
bool IsOk() const { return !m_sndname.IsEmpty(); }
|
||||
static void Stop();
|
||||
static bool IsPlaying();
|
||||
|
||||
void* GetHandle();
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool DoPlay(unsigned flags) const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxString m_sndname; //file path
|
||||
char* m_hSnd; //pointer to resource or memory location
|
||||
int m_waveLength; //size of file in memory mode
|
||||
void* m_pTimer; //timer
|
||||
|
||||
enum wxSoundType
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxSound_MEMORY,
|
||||
wxSound_FILE,
|
||||
wxSound_RESOURCE,
|
||||
wxSound_NONE
|
||||
} m_type; //mode
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_SOUND_H_
|
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: spinbutt.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxSpinButton class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SPINBUTT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_SPINBUTT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
The wxSpinButton is like a small scrollbar than is often placed next
|
||||
to a text control.
|
||||
|
||||
wxSP_HORIZONTAL: horizontal spin button
|
||||
wxSP_VERTICAL: vertical spin button (the default)
|
||||
wxSP_ARROW_KEYS: arrow keys increment/decrement value
|
||||
wxSP_WRAP: value wraps at either end
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinButton : public wxSpinButtonBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// construction
|
||||
wxSpinButton();
|
||||
|
||||
wxSpinButton(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSP_VERTICAL | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinButton"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxSpinButton();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSP_VERTICAL | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinButton"));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
virtual void SetRange(int minVal, int maxVal);
|
||||
virtual int GetValue() const ;
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(int val);
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void SendThumbTrackEvent() ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinButton)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_SPINBUTT_H_
|
@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/generic/spinctlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: generic wxSpinCtrl class
|
||||
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 28.10.99
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_SPINCTRL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_SPINCTRL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxSpinCtrl is a combination of wxSpinButton and wxTextCtrl, so if
|
||||
// wxSpinButton is available, this is what we do - but if it isn't, we still
|
||||
// define wxSpinCtrl class which then has the same appearance as wxTextCtrl but
|
||||
// the different interface. This allows to write programs using wxSpinCtrl
|
||||
// without tons of #ifdefs.
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_SPINBTN
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/containr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinButton;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrlText;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrlButton;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxSpinCtrl is a combination of wxTextCtrl and wxSpinButton
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrl : public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
|
||||
int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, min, max, initial, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
|
||||
int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl"));
|
||||
|
||||
// wxTextCtrl-like method
|
||||
void SetSelection(long from, long to);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxSpinCtrl();
|
||||
|
||||
// operations
|
||||
void SetValue(int val);
|
||||
void SetValue(const wxString& text);
|
||||
void SetRange(int min, int max);
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
int GetValue() const;
|
||||
int GetMin() const;
|
||||
int GetMax() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation from now on
|
||||
|
||||
// forward these functions to all subcontrols
|
||||
virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
// get the subcontrols
|
||||
wxTextCtrl *GetText() const { return m_text; }
|
||||
wxSpinButton *GetSpinButton() const { return m_btn; }
|
||||
|
||||
// set the value of the text (only)
|
||||
void SetTextValue(int val);
|
||||
|
||||
// put the numeric value of the string in the text ctrl into val and return
|
||||
// TRUE or return FALSE if the text ctrl doesn't contain a number or if the
|
||||
// number is out of range
|
||||
bool GetTextValue(int *val) const;
|
||||
|
||||
WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// override the base class virtuals involved into geometry calculations
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// the subcontrols
|
||||
wxTextCtrl *m_text;
|
||||
wxSpinButton *m_btn;
|
||||
|
||||
friend class wxSpinCtrlText;
|
||||
friend class wxSpinCtrlButton;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_oldValue;
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#else // !wxUSE_SPINBTN
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxSpinCtrl is just a text control
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/textctrl.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrl : public wxTextCtrl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
|
||||
int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, min, max, initial, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
|
||||
int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = _T("wxSpinCtrl"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetRange(min, max);
|
||||
|
||||
bool ok = wxTextCtrl::Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style,
|
||||
wxDefaultValidator, name);
|
||||
SetValue(initial);
|
||||
|
||||
return ok;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
int GetValue(int WXUNUSED(dummy) = 1) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
int n;
|
||||
if ( (wxSscanf(wxTextCtrl::GetValue(), wxT("%d"), &n) != 1) )
|
||||
n = INT_MIN;
|
||||
|
||||
return n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int GetMin() const { return m_min; }
|
||||
int GetMax() const { return m_max; }
|
||||
|
||||
// operations
|
||||
void SetValue(const wxString& value) { wxTextCtrl::SetValue(value); }
|
||||
void SetValue(int val) { wxString s; s << val; wxTextCtrl::SetValue(s); }
|
||||
void SetRange(int min, int max) { m_min = min; m_max = max; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// initialize m_min/max with the default values
|
||||
void Init() { SetRange(0, 100); }
|
||||
|
||||
int m_min;
|
||||
int m_max;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN/!wxUSE_SPINBTN
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_SPINCTRL_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/srchctrl.h
|
||||
// Purpose: mac carbon wxSearchCtrl class
|
||||
// Author: Vince Harron
|
||||
// Created: 2006-02-19
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: Vince Harron
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_SEARCHCTRL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_SEARCHCTRL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL
|
||||
|
||||
class wxSearchWidgetImpl;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSearchCtrl : public wxSearchCtrlBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// creation
|
||||
// --------
|
||||
|
||||
wxSearchCtrl();
|
||||
wxSearchCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxSearchCtrlNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxSearchCtrl();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxSearchCtrlNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// get/set search button menu
|
||||
// --------------------------
|
||||
virtual void SetMenu( wxMenu* menu );
|
||||
virtual wxMenu* GetMenu();
|
||||
|
||||
// get/set search options
|
||||
// ----------------------
|
||||
virtual void ShowSearchButton( bool show );
|
||||
virtual bool IsSearchButtonVisible() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void ShowCancelButton( bool show );
|
||||
virtual bool IsCancelButtonVisible() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: In 2.9 these should probably be virtual, and declared in the base class...
|
||||
void SetDescriptiveText(const wxString& text);
|
||||
wxString GetDescriptiveText() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleSearchFieldSearchHit() ;
|
||||
virtual bool HandleSearchFieldCancelHit() ;
|
||||
|
||||
wxSearchWidgetImpl * GetSearchPeer() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
wxMenu *m_menu;
|
||||
|
||||
wxString m_descriptiveText;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSearchCtrl)
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_SEARCHCTRL_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: statbox.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxStaticBox class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_STATBOX_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_STATBOX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxStaticBoxNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
// Group box
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBox: public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBox)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxStaticBox() {}
|
||||
inline wxStaticBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
|
||||
virtual void ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void GetBordersForSizer(int *borderTop, int *borderOther) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
|
||||
|
||||
// protect native font of box
|
||||
virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_STATBOX_H_
|
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: mac/statline.h
|
||||
// Purpose: a generic wxStaticLine class used for mac before adaptation
|
||||
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
|
||||
// Created: 28.06.99
|
||||
// Version: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
class wxStaticBox;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxStaticLine
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticLine : public wxStaticLineBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// constructors and pseudo-constructors
|
||||
wxStaticLine() : m_statbox(NULL) { }
|
||||
|
||||
wxStaticLine( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr )
|
||||
: m_statbox(NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr );
|
||||
|
||||
// it's necessary to override this wxWindow function because we
|
||||
// will want to return the main widget for m_statbox
|
||||
//
|
||||
WXWidget GetMainWidget() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// we implement the static line using a static box
|
||||
wxStaticBox *m_statbox;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticLine)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_GENERIC_STATLINE_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: stattext.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxStaticText class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_STATTEXT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_STATTEXT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticText: public wxStaticTextBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxStaticText() { }
|
||||
|
||||
wxStaticText(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
void SetLabel( const wxString &str ) ;
|
||||
bool SetFont( const wxFont &font );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return FALSE; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected :
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxString DoGetLabel() const;
|
||||
virtual void DoSetLabel(const wxString& str);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxStaticText)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_STATTEXT_H_
|
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/statusbr.h
|
||||
// Purpose: native implementation of wxStatusBar.
|
||||
// Optional: can use generic version instead.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_STATBAR_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_STATBAR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStatusBarMac : public wxStatusBarGeneric
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStatusBarMac)
|
||||
|
||||
wxStatusBarMac();
|
||||
wxStatusBarMac(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxStatusBarMac();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DrawFieldText(wxDC& dc, int i);
|
||||
virtual void DrawField(wxDC& dc, int i);
|
||||
virtual void SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
virtual void MacHiliteChanged();
|
||||
void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_STATBAR_H_
|
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// File: wx/mac/taskbarosx.h
|
||||
// Purpose: Defines wxTaskBarIcon class for OSX
|
||||
// Author: Ryan Norton
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 04/04/2003
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton, 2003
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _TASKBAR_H_
|
||||
#define _TASKBAR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIcon : public wxTaskBarIconBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTaskBarIcon)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// type of taskbar item to create (currently only DOCK is implemented)
|
||||
enum wxTaskBarIconType
|
||||
{
|
||||
DOCK
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA
|
||||
, CUSTOM_STATUSITEM
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// , STATUSITEM
|
||||
// , MENUEXTRA
|
||||
, DEFAULT_TYPE = DOCK
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
wxTaskBarIcon(wxTaskBarIconType iconType = DEFAULT_TYPE);
|
||||
virtual ~wxTaskBarIcon();
|
||||
|
||||
bool IsOk() const { return true; }
|
||||
|
||||
bool IsIconInstalled() const;
|
||||
bool SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxString& tooltip = wxEmptyString);
|
||||
bool RemoveIcon();
|
||||
bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
class wxTaskBarIconImpl* m_impl;
|
||||
friend class wxTaskBarIconImpl;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _TASKBAR_H_
|
@@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/textctrl.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxTextCtrl class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS
|
||||
// set this to 'true' if you want to use the 'classic' MLTE-based implementation
|
||||
// instead of the HIView-based implementation in 10.3 and upwards, the former
|
||||
// has more features (backgrounds etc.), but may show redraw artefacts and other
|
||||
// problems depending on your usage; hence, the default is 'false'.
|
||||
#define wxMAC_TEXTCONTROL_USE_MLTE wxT("mac.textcontrol-use-mlte")
|
||||
// set this to 'true' if you want editable text controls to have spell checking turned
|
||||
// on by default, you can change this setting individually on a control using MacCheckSpelling
|
||||
#define wxMAC_TEXTCONTROL_USE_SPELL_CHECKER wxT("mac.textcontrol-use-spell-checker")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/textctrl.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// forward decl for wxListWidgetImpl implementation type.
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextWidgetImpl;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextCtrl: public wxTextCtrlBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextCtrl)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxTextCtrl()
|
||||
{ Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxTextCtrl();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
// ---------
|
||||
virtual wxString GetValue() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const;
|
||||
virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool IsModified() const;
|
||||
virtual bool IsEditable() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// If the return values from and to are the same, there is no selection.
|
||||
virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// operations
|
||||
// ----------
|
||||
|
||||
// editing
|
||||
virtual void Clear();
|
||||
virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
|
||||
virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
|
||||
|
||||
// sets/clears the dirty flag
|
||||
virtual void MarkDirty();
|
||||
virtual void DiscardEdits();
|
||||
|
||||
// set the max number of characters which may be entered
|
||||
// in a single line text control
|
||||
virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long len);
|
||||
|
||||
// text control under some platforms supports the text styles: these
|
||||
// methods apply the given text style to the given selection or to
|
||||
// set/get the style which will be used for all appended text
|
||||
virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font );
|
||||
virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style);
|
||||
virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
|
||||
|
||||
// writing text inserts it at the current position;
|
||||
// appending always inserts it at the end
|
||||
virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
|
||||
virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text);
|
||||
|
||||
// translate between the position (which is just an index into the textctrl
|
||||
// considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates
|
||||
// which represent column and line.
|
||||
virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
|
||||
virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void ShowPosition(long pos);
|
||||
|
||||
// Clipboard operations
|
||||
virtual void Copy();
|
||||
virtual void Cut();
|
||||
virtual void Paste();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool CanCopy() const;
|
||||
virtual bool CanCut() const;
|
||||
virtual bool CanPaste() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Undo/redo
|
||||
virtual void Undo();
|
||||
virtual void Redo();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool CanUndo() const;
|
||||
virtual bool CanRedo() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Insertion point
|
||||
virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
|
||||
virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
|
||||
virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
|
||||
virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
|
||||
virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
// --------------
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// callbacks
|
||||
void OnDropFiles(wxDropFilesEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); // Process 'enter' if required
|
||||
|
||||
void OnCut(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnDelete(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnSelectAll(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
void OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnUpdateDelete(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnUpdateSelectAll(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
void OnContextMenu(wxContextMenuEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool MacSetupCursor( const wxPoint& pt );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacVisibilityChanged();
|
||||
virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition();
|
||||
virtual void MacCheckSpelling(bool check);
|
||||
|
||||
wxTextWidgetImpl * GetTextPeer() const;
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_editable;
|
||||
|
||||
// flag is set to true when the user edits the controls contents
|
||||
bool m_dirty;
|
||||
|
||||
// need to make this public because of the current implementation via callbacks
|
||||
unsigned long m_maxLength;
|
||||
|
||||
bool GetTriggerOnSetValue() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_triggerOnSetValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetTriggerOnSetValue(bool trigger)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_triggerOnSetValue = trigger;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_triggerOnSetValue ;
|
||||
|
||||
private :
|
||||
wxMenu *m_privateContextMenu;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_
|
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/tglbtn.h
|
||||
// Purpose: Declaration of the wxToggleButton class, which implements a
|
||||
// toggle button under wxMac.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 08.02.01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2004 Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// License: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxCheckBoxNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapToggleButton : public wxToggleButtonBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxBitmapToggleButton() {}
|
||||
wxBitmapToggleButton(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxBitmap& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxBitmap& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(bool value);
|
||||
virtual bool GetValue() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxBitmap m_bitmap;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_marginX,
|
||||
m_marginY;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxBitmapToggleButton)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToggleButton : public wxToggleButtonBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxToggleButton() {}
|
||||
wxToggleButton(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(bool value);
|
||||
virtual bool GetValue() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxToggleButton)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/toolbar.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxToolBar class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_TOOLBAR_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_TOOLBAR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/tbarbase.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dynarray.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxToolBarNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolBar: public wxToolBarBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Public interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
wxToolBar() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxToolBar(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
virtual ~wxToolBar();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style);
|
||||
|
||||
// override/implement base class virtuals
|
||||
virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
|
||||
virtual bool IsShown() const;
|
||||
virtual bool Realize();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size);
|
||||
virtual wxSize GetToolSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetRows(int nRows);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetToolNormalBitmap(int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
virtual void SetToolDisabledBitmap(int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
// Add all the buttons
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxString MacGetToolTipString( wxPoint &where ) ;
|
||||
void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event) ;
|
||||
void OnMouse(wxMouseEvent& event) ;
|
||||
virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition() ;
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
bool MacInstallNativeToolbar(bool usesNative);
|
||||
bool MacWantsNativeToolbar();
|
||||
bool MacTopLevelHasNativeToolbar(bool *ownToolbarInstalled) const;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
|
||||
virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable);
|
||||
virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
|
||||
virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id,
|
||||
const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
|
||||
const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
|
||||
wxItemKind kind,
|
||||
wxObject *clientData,
|
||||
const wxString& shortHelp,
|
||||
const wxString& longHelp);
|
||||
virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control,
|
||||
const wxString& label);
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
bool m_macUsesNativeToolbar ;
|
||||
void* m_macToolbar ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_TOOLBAR_H_
|
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/tooltip.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxToolTip class - tooltip control
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 31.01.99
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1999 Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin, Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_TOOLTIP_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_TOOLTIP_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolTip : public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctor & dtor
|
||||
wxToolTip(const wxString &tip);
|
||||
virtual ~wxToolTip();
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
// tip text
|
||||
void SetTip(const wxString& tip);
|
||||
const wxString& GetTip() const { return m_text; }
|
||||
|
||||
// the window we're associated with
|
||||
void SetWindow(wxWindow *win);
|
||||
wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return m_window; }
|
||||
|
||||
// controlling tooltip behaviour: globally change tooltip parameters
|
||||
// enable or disable the tooltips globally
|
||||
static void Enable(bool flag);
|
||||
// set the delay after which the tooltip appears
|
||||
static void SetDelay(long milliseconds);
|
||||
// set the delay after which the tooltip disappears or how long the tooltip remains visible
|
||||
static void SetAutoPop(long milliseconds);
|
||||
// set the delay between subsequent tooltips to appear
|
||||
static void SetReshow(long milliseconds);
|
||||
static void NotifyWindowDelete( WXHWND win ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation only from now on
|
||||
// -------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// should be called in response to mouse events
|
||||
static void RelayEvent(wxWindow *win , wxMouseEvent &event);
|
||||
static void RemoveToolTips();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxString m_text; // tooltip text
|
||||
wxWindow *m_window; // window we're associated with
|
||||
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxToolTip)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_TOOLTIP_H_
|
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/toplevel.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxTopLevelWindowMac is the Mac implementation of wxTLW
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 20.09.01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2001 Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxTopLevelWindowMac
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTopLevelWindowMac : public wxTopLevelWindowBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// constructors and such
|
||||
wxTopLevelWindowMac() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxTopLevelWindowMac(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
(void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxTopLevelWindowMac();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Destroy();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Attracts the users attention to this window if the application is
|
||||
// inactive (should be called when a background event occurs)
|
||||
virtual void RequestUserAttention(int flags = wxUSER_ATTENTION_INFO);
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
virtual void Maximize(bool maximize = true);
|
||||
virtual bool IsMaximized() const;
|
||||
virtual void Iconize(bool iconize = true);
|
||||
virtual bool IsIconized() const;
|
||||
virtual void Restore();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL) ;
|
||||
virtual bool IsFullScreen() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation from now on
|
||||
// --------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetTitle( const wxString& title);
|
||||
virtual wxString GetTitle() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
// is the frame currently iconized?
|
||||
bool m_iconized;
|
||||
|
||||
// should the frame be maximized when it will be shown? set by Maximize()
|
||||
// when it is called while the frame is hidden
|
||||
bool m_maximizeOnShow;
|
||||
private :
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MSW_TOPLEVEL_H_
|
@@ -1,291 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/treectrl.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxTreeCtrl class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_TREECTRL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_TREECTRL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/event.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/imaglist.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxTREE_MASK_HANDLE 0x0001
|
||||
#define wxTREE_MASK_STATE 0x0002
|
||||
#define wxTREE_MASK_TEXT 0x0004
|
||||
#define wxTREE_MASK_IMAGE 0x0008
|
||||
#define wxTREE_MASK_SELECTED_IMAGE 0x0010
|
||||
#define wxTREE_MASK_CHILDREN 0x0020
|
||||
#define wxTREE_MASK_DATA 0x0040
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxTREE_STATE_BOLD 0x0001
|
||||
#define wxTREE_STATE_DROPHILITED 0x0002
|
||||
#define wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDED 0x0004
|
||||
#define wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDEDONCE 0x0008
|
||||
#define wxTREE_STATE_FOCUSED 0x0010
|
||||
#define wxTREE_STATE_SELECTED 0x0020
|
||||
#define wxTREE_STATE_CUT 0x0040
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ABOVE 0x0001 // Above the client area.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_BELOW 0x0002 // Below the client area.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_NOWHERE 0x0004 // In the client area but below the last item.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMBUTTON 0x0010 // On the button associated with an item.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON 0x0020 // On the bitmap associated with an item.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMINDENT 0x0040 // In the indentation associated with an item.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL 0x0080 // On the label (string) associated with an item.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMRIGHT 0x0100 // In the area to the right of an item.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON 0x0200 // On the state icon for a tree view item that is in a user-defined state.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_TOLEFT 0x0400 // To the right of the client area.
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_TORIGHT 0x0800 // To the left of the client area.
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEM (wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON | wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL | wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON)
|
||||
|
||||
// Flags for GetNextItem
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_CARET, // Retrieves the currently selected item.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_CHILD, // Retrieves the first child item. The hItem parameter must be NULL.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_DROPHILITE, // Retrieves the item that is the target of a drag-and-drop operation.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_FIRSTVISIBLE, // Retrieves the first visible item.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_NEXT, // Retrieves the next sibling item.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_NEXTVISIBLE, // Retrieves the next visible item that follows the specified item.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_PARENT, // Retrieves the parent of the specified item.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_PREVIOUS, // Retrieves the previous sibling item.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_PREVIOUSVISIBLE, // Retrieves the first visible item that precedes the specified item.
|
||||
wxTREE_NEXT_ROOT // Retrieves the first child item of the root item of which the specified item is a part.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
|
||||
// Flags for InsertItem
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
wxTREE_INSERT_LAST = -1,
|
||||
wxTREE_INSERT_FIRST = -2,
|
||||
wxTREE_INSERT_SORT = -3
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeItem: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeItem)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
long m_mask;
|
||||
long m_itemId;
|
||||
long m_state;
|
||||
long m_stateMask;
|
||||
wxString m_text;
|
||||
int m_image;
|
||||
int m_selectedImage;
|
||||
int m_children;
|
||||
long m_data;
|
||||
|
||||
wxTreeItem();
|
||||
|
||||
// Accessors
|
||||
inline long GetMask() const { return m_mask; }
|
||||
inline long GetItemId() const { return m_itemId; }
|
||||
inline long GetState() const { return m_state; }
|
||||
inline long GetStateMask() const { return m_stateMask; }
|
||||
inline wxString GetText() const { return m_text; }
|
||||
inline int GetImage() const { return m_image; }
|
||||
inline int GetSelectedImage() const { return m_selectedImage; }
|
||||
inline int GetChildren() const { return m_children; }
|
||||
inline long GetData() const { return m_data; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline void SetMask(long mask) { m_mask = mask; }
|
||||
inline void SetItemId(long id) { m_itemId = m_itemId = id; }
|
||||
inline void SetState(long state) { m_state = state; }
|
||||
inline void SetStateMask(long stateMask) { m_stateMask = stateMask; }
|
||||
inline void GetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; }
|
||||
inline void SetImage(int image) { m_image = image; }
|
||||
inline void GetSelectedImage(int selImage) { m_selectedImage = selImage; }
|
||||
inline void SetChildren(int children) { m_children = children; }
|
||||
inline void SetData(long data) { m_data = data; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeCtrl: public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Public interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// creation
|
||||
// --------
|
||||
wxTreeCtrl();
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS|wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = "wxTreeCtrl")
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
virtual ~wxTreeCtrl();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS|wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = "wxTreeCtrl");
|
||||
|
||||
// accessors
|
||||
// ---------
|
||||
//
|
||||
virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// indent
|
||||
int GetIndent() const;
|
||||
void SetIndent(int indent);
|
||||
// image list
|
||||
wxImageList *GetImageList(int which = wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// navigation inside the tree
|
||||
long GetNextItem(long item, int code) const;
|
||||
bool ItemHasChildren(long item) const;
|
||||
long GetChild(long item) const;
|
||||
long GetItemParent(long item) const;
|
||||
long GetFirstVisibleItem() const;
|
||||
long GetNextVisibleItem(long item) const;
|
||||
long GetSelection() const;
|
||||
long GetRootItem() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// generic function for (g|s)etting item attributes
|
||||
bool GetItem(wxTreeItem& info) const;
|
||||
bool SetItem(wxTreeItem& info);
|
||||
// item state
|
||||
int GetItemState(long item, long stateMask) const;
|
||||
bool SetItemState(long item, long state, long stateMask);
|
||||
// item image
|
||||
bool SetItemImage(long item, int image, int selImage);
|
||||
// item text
|
||||
wxString GetItemText(long item) const;
|
||||
void SetItemText(long item, const wxString& str);
|
||||
// custom data associated with the item
|
||||
long GetItemData(long item) const;
|
||||
bool SetItemData(long item, long data);
|
||||
// convenience function
|
||||
bool IsItemExpanded(long item)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (GetItemState(item, wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDED) &
|
||||
wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDED) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// bounding rect
|
||||
bool GetItemRect(long item, wxRect& rect, bool textOnly = false) const;
|
||||
//
|
||||
wxTextCtrl* GetEditControl() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// operations
|
||||
// ----------
|
||||
// adding/deleting items
|
||||
bool DeleteItem(long item);
|
||||
|
||||
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
|
||||
wxDEPRECATED( long InsertItem(long parent, wxTreeItem& info,
|
||||
long insertAfter = wxTREE_INSERT_LAST) );
|
||||
// If image > -1 and selImage == -1, the same image is used for
|
||||
// both selected and unselected items.
|
||||
wxDEPRECATED( long InsertItem(long parent, const wxString& label,
|
||||
int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
|
||||
long insertAfter = wxTREE_INSERT_LAST) );
|
||||
|
||||
// use Expand, Collapse, CollapseAndReset or Toggle
|
||||
wxDEPRECATED( bool ExpandItem(long item, int action) );
|
||||
wxDEPRECATED( void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which = wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL) );
|
||||
#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
|
||||
|
||||
// changing item state
|
||||
bool ExpandItem(long item) { return ExpandItem(item, wxTREE_EXPAND_EXPAND); }
|
||||
bool CollapseItem(long item) { return ExpandItem(item, wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE); }
|
||||
bool ToggleItem(long item) { return ExpandItem(item, wxTREE_EXPAND_TOGGLE); }
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
bool SelectItem(long item);
|
||||
bool ScrollTo(long item);
|
||||
bool DeleteAllItems();
|
||||
|
||||
// Edit the label (tree must have the focus)
|
||||
wxTextCtrl* EditLabel(long item, wxClassInfo* textControlClass = CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl));
|
||||
|
||||
// End label editing, optionally cancelling the edit
|
||||
bool EndEditLabel(bool cancel);
|
||||
|
||||
long HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags);
|
||||
// wxImageList *CreateDragImage(long item);
|
||||
bool SortChildren(long item);
|
||||
bool EnsureVisible(long item);
|
||||
|
||||
void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); };
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxTextCtrl* m_textCtrl;
|
||||
wxImageList* m_imageListNormal;
|
||||
wxImageList* m_imageListState;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeCtrl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_DELETE_ITEM,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_GET_INFO,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SET_INFO,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING,
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeEvent: public wxCommandEvent
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeEvent)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxTreeEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
int m_code;
|
||||
wxTreeItem m_item;
|
||||
long m_oldItem;
|
||||
wxPoint m_pointDrag;
|
||||
|
||||
inline long GetOldItem() const { return m_oldItem; }
|
||||
inline wxTreeItem& GetItem() const { return (wxTreeItem&) m_item; }
|
||||
inline wxPoint GetPoint() const { return m_pointDrag; }
|
||||
inline int GetCode() const { return m_code; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTreeEventFunction)(wxTreeEvent&);
|
||||
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_DELETE_ITEM(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_DELETE_ITEM, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_GET_INFO(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_GET_INFO, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_SET_INFO(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SET_INFO, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
#define EVT_TREE_KEY_DOWN(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_TREECTRL_H_
|
@@ -1,344 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: include/wx/mac/carbon/window.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxWindowMac class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_WINDOW_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_WINDOW_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/brush.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScrollBar;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNonOwnedWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMacControl ;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWidgetImpl ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowMac: public wxWindowBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowMac)
|
||||
|
||||
friend class wxDC;
|
||||
friend class wxPaintDC;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxWindowMac();
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindowMac( wxWindowMac *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxWindowMac();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create( wxWindowMac *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr );
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
virtual void SetLabel( const wxString& label );
|
||||
virtual wxString GetLabel() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Raise();
|
||||
virtual void Lower();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Show( bool show = true );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool IsShownOnScreen() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetFocus();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void WarpPointer( int x, int y );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = true,
|
||||
const wxRect *rect = NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Update() ;
|
||||
virtual void ClearBackground();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor );
|
||||
virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font );
|
||||
virtual bool SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour &colour );
|
||||
virtual bool SetForegroundColour( const wxColour &colour );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetCharHeight() const;
|
||||
virtual int GetCharWidth() const;
|
||||
virtual void GetTextExtent( const wxString& string,
|
||||
int *x, int *y,
|
||||
int *descent = NULL,
|
||||
int *externalLeading = NULL,
|
||||
const wxFont *theFont = NULL )
|
||||
const;
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual void DoEnable( bool enable );
|
||||
#if wxUSE_MENUS
|
||||
virtual bool DoPopupMenu( wxMenu *menu, int x, int y );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoFreeze();
|
||||
virtual void DoThaw();
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
virtual void SetScrollbar( int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible,
|
||||
int range, bool refresh = true );
|
||||
virtual void SetScrollPos( int orient, int pos, bool refresh = true );
|
||||
virtual int GetScrollPos( int orient ) const;
|
||||
virtual int GetScrollThumb( int orient ) const;
|
||||
virtual int GetScrollRange( int orient ) const;
|
||||
virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy,
|
||||
const wxRect* rect = (wxRect *) NULL );
|
||||
virtual void AlwaysShowScrollbars(bool horz = true, bool vert = true);
|
||||
virtual bool IsScrollbarAlwaysShown(int orient) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? m_hScrollBarAlwaysShown
|
||||
: m_vScrollBarAlwaysShown;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Reparent( wxWindowBase *newParent );
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
|
||||
virtual void SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Accept files for dragging
|
||||
virtual void DragAcceptFiles( bool accept );
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation from now on
|
||||
// --------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void MacClientToRootWindow( int *x , int *y ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void MacWindowToRootWindow( int *x , int *y ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void MacRootWindowToWindow( int *x , int *y ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxString MacGetToolTipString( wxPoint &where );
|
||||
|
||||
// simple accessors
|
||||
// ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
virtual WXWidget GetHandle() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool SetTransparent(wxByte alpha);
|
||||
virtual bool CanSetTransparent();
|
||||
virtual wxByte GetTransparent() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// event handlers
|
||||
// --------------
|
||||
void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
|
||||
void OnNcPaint( wxNcPaintEvent& event );
|
||||
void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event );
|
||||
void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent &event );
|
||||
|
||||
void MacOnScroll( wxScrollEvent&event );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool IsDoubleBuffered() const { return true; }
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
static long MacRemoveBordersFromStyle( long style ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
void OnInternalIdle();
|
||||
|
||||
// For implementation purposes:
|
||||
// sometimes decorations make the client area smaller
|
||||
virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindowMac *FindItem(long id) const;
|
||||
wxWindowMac *FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly = false) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacHandleControlClick( WXWidget control , wxInt16 controlpart , bool mouseStillDown ) ;
|
||||
virtual bool MacDoRedraw( void* updatergn , long time ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// this should not be overriden in classes above wxWindowMac
|
||||
// because it is called from its destructor via DeleteChildren
|
||||
virtual void RemoveChild( wxWindowBase *child );
|
||||
virtual void MacPaintBorders( int left , int top ) ;
|
||||
void MacPaintGrowBox();
|
||||
|
||||
// invalidates the borders and focus area around the control;
|
||||
// must not be virtual as it will be called during destruction
|
||||
void MacInvalidateBorders() ;
|
||||
|
||||
WXWindow MacGetTopLevelWindowRef() const ;
|
||||
wxNonOwnedWindow* MacGetTopLevelWindow() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual long MacGetLeftBorderSize() const ;
|
||||
virtual long MacGetRightBorderSize() const ;
|
||||
virtual long MacGetTopBorderSize() const ;
|
||||
virtual long MacGetBottomBorderSize() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// absolute coordinates of this window's root have changed
|
||||
virtual void MacTopLevelWindowChangedPosition() ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacChildAdded() ;
|
||||
virtual void MacVisibilityChanged() ;
|
||||
virtual void MacEnabledStateChanged() ;
|
||||
virtual void MacHiliteChanged() ;
|
||||
virtual wxInt32 MacControlHit( WXEVENTHANDLERREF handler , WXEVENTREF event ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
bool MacIsReallyEnabled() ;
|
||||
bool MacIsReallyHilited() ;
|
||||
|
||||
bool MacIsUserPane() { return m_macIsUserPane; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool MacSetupCursor( const wxPoint& pt ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// return the rectangle that would be visible of this control,
|
||||
// regardless whether controls are hidden
|
||||
// only taking into account clipping by parent windows
|
||||
const wxRect& MacGetClippedClientRect() const ;
|
||||
const wxRect& MacGetClippedRect() const ;
|
||||
const wxRect& MacGetClippedRectWithOuterStructure() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// returns the visible region of this control in window ie non-client coordinates
|
||||
const wxRegion& MacGetVisibleRegion( bool includeOuterStructures = false ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// returns true if children have to clipped to the content area
|
||||
// (e.g., scrolled windows)
|
||||
bool MacClipChildren() const { return m_clipChildren ; }
|
||||
void MacSetClipChildren( bool clip ) { m_clipChildren = clip ; }
|
||||
|
||||
// returns true if the grandchildren need to be clipped to the children's content area
|
||||
// (e.g., splitter windows)
|
||||
virtual bool MacClipGrandChildren() const { return false ; }
|
||||
bool MacIsWindowScrollbar( const wxWindow* sb ) const
|
||||
{ return ((wxWindow*)m_hScrollBar == sb || (wxWindow*)m_vScrollBar == sb) ; }
|
||||
virtual bool IsClientAreaChild(const wxWindow *child) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return !MacIsWindowScrollbar(child) &&
|
||||
wxWindowBase::IsClientAreaChild(child);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void MacPostControlCreate(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size) ;
|
||||
wxList& GetSubcontrols() { return m_subControls; }
|
||||
|
||||
// translate wxWidgets coords into ones suitable
|
||||
// to be passed to CreateControl calls
|
||||
//
|
||||
// returns true if non-default coords are returned, false otherwise
|
||||
bool MacGetBoundsForControl(const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
int& x, int& y,
|
||||
int& w, int& h , bool adjustForOrigin ) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// the 'true' OS level control for this wxWindow
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON
|
||||
wxMacControl* GetPeer() const { return m_peer ; }
|
||||
#else
|
||||
wxWidgetImpl* GetPeer() const { return m_peer ; }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void * MacGetCGContextRef() { return m_cgContextRef ; }
|
||||
void MacSetCGContextRef(void * cg) { m_cgContextRef = cg ; }
|
||||
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// For controls like radio buttons which are genuinely composite
|
||||
wxList m_subControls;
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON
|
||||
// the peer object, allowing for cleaner API support
|
||||
wxMacControl * m_peer ;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
wxWidgetImpl * m_peer ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
void * m_cgContextRef ;
|
||||
|
||||
// cache the clipped rectangles within the window hierarchy
|
||||
void MacUpdateClippedRects() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
mutable bool m_cachedClippedRectValid ;
|
||||
mutable wxRect m_cachedClippedRectWithOuterStructure ;
|
||||
mutable wxRect m_cachedClippedRect ;
|
||||
mutable wxRect m_cachedClippedClientRect ;
|
||||
mutable wxRegion m_cachedClippedRegionWithOuterStructure ;
|
||||
mutable wxRegion m_cachedClippedRegion ;
|
||||
mutable wxRegion m_cachedClippedClientRegion ;
|
||||
|
||||
// true if is is not a native control but a wxWindow control
|
||||
bool m_macIsUserPane ;
|
||||
|
||||
// insets of the mac control from the wx top left corner
|
||||
wxPoint m_macTopLeftInset ;
|
||||
wxPoint m_macBottomRightInset ;
|
||||
wxByte m_macAlpha ;
|
||||
|
||||
wxScrollBar* m_hScrollBar ;
|
||||
wxScrollBar* m_vScrollBar ;
|
||||
bool m_hScrollBarAlwaysShown;
|
||||
bool m_vScrollBarAlwaysShown;
|
||||
wxString m_label ;
|
||||
|
||||
// set to true if we do a sharp clip at the content area of this window
|
||||
// must be dynamic as eg a panel normally is not clipping precisely, but if
|
||||
// it becomes the target window of a scrolled window it has to...
|
||||
bool m_clipChildren ;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool MacIsChildOfClientArea( const wxWindow* child ) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
bool MacHasScrollBarCorner() const;
|
||||
void MacCreateScrollBars( long style ) ;
|
||||
void MacRepositionScrollBars() ;
|
||||
void MacUpdateControlFont() ;
|
||||
|
||||
// implement the base class pure virtuals
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetSizeFromClientSize( const wxSize & size ) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoGetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoGetClientSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
|
||||
int width, int height,
|
||||
int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
|
||||
virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoCaptureMouse();
|
||||
virtual void DoReleaseMouse();
|
||||
|
||||
// move the window to the specified location and resize it: this is called
|
||||
// from both DoSetSize() and DoSetClientSize() and would usually just call
|
||||
// ::MoveWindow() except for composite controls which will want to arrange
|
||||
// themselves inside the given rectangle
|
||||
virtual void DoMoveWindow( int x, int y, int width, int height );
|
||||
virtual void DoSetWindowVariant( wxWindowVariant variant );
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
|
||||
virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
// show/hide scrollbars as needed, common part of SetScrollbar() and
|
||||
// AlwaysShowScrollbars()
|
||||
void DoUpdateScrollbarVisibility();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowMac)
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_WINDOW_H_
|
@@ -1,5 +1,83 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/checkbox.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/checkbox.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: checkbox.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxCheckBox class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// Checkbox item (single checkbox)
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckBox : public wxCheckBoxBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCheckBox() { }
|
||||
wxCheckBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(bool);
|
||||
virtual bool GetValue() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
void DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState val);
|
||||
virtual wxCheckBoxState DoGet3StateValue() const;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckBox)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapCheckBox: public wxCheckBox
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
int checkWidth;
|
||||
int checkHeight;
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmapCheckBox()
|
||||
: checkWidth(-1), checkHeight(-1)
|
||||
{ }
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmapCheckBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap *label,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap *bitmap,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(bool);
|
||||
virtual bool GetValue() const;
|
||||
virtual void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
|
||||
virtual void SetLabel(const wxBitmap *bitmap);
|
||||
virtual void SetLabel( const wxString & WXUNUSED(name) ) {}
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapCheckBox)
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,94 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/checklst.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/checklst.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/checklst.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxCheckListBox class - a listbox with checkable items
|
||||
// Note: this is an optional class.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_CHECKLST_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_CHECKLST_H_
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckListBox : public wxCheckListBoxBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors
|
||||
wxCheckListBox() { Init(); }
|
||||
wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int nStrings = 0,
|
||||
const wxString *choices = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, nStrings, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int nStrings = 0,
|
||||
const wxString *choices = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// items may be checked
|
||||
bool IsChecked(unsigned int uiIndex) const;
|
||||
void Check(unsigned int uiIndex, bool bCheck = true);
|
||||
|
||||
// data callbacks
|
||||
virtual void GetValueCallback( unsigned int n, wxListWidgetColumn* col , wxListWidgetCellValue& value );
|
||||
virtual void SetValueCallback( unsigned int n, wxListWidgetColumn* col , wxListWidgetCellValue& value );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// override all methods which add/delete items to update m_checks array as
|
||||
// well
|
||||
virtual void OnItemInserted(unsigned int pos);
|
||||
virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n);
|
||||
virtual void DoClear();
|
||||
|
||||
// the array containing the checked status of the items
|
||||
wxArrayInt m_checks;
|
||||
|
||||
wxListWidgetColumn* m_checkColumn ;
|
||||
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckListBox)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_CHECKLST_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,101 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/choice.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/choice.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/choice.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxChoice class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_CHOICE_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_CHOICE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dynarray.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/arrstr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxChoiceNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
WX_DEFINE_ARRAY( char * , wxChoiceDataArray ) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Choice item
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChoice: public wxChoiceBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoice)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxChoice()
|
||||
: m_strings(), m_datas()
|
||||
{}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxChoice() ;
|
||||
|
||||
wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual unsigned int GetCount() const ;
|
||||
virtual int GetSelection() const ;
|
||||
virtual void SetSelection(int n);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const ;
|
||||
virtual void SetString(unsigned int pos, const wxString& s);
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n);
|
||||
virtual void DoClear();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
|
||||
virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
|
||||
unsigned int pos,
|
||||
void **clientData, wxClientDataType type);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
|
||||
virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxArrayString m_strings;
|
||||
wxChoiceDataArray m_datas ;
|
||||
wxMenu* m_popUpMenu ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_CHOICE_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,76 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/clipbrd.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/clipbrd.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: clipbrd.h
|
||||
// Purpose: Clipboard functionality.
|
||||
// Note: this functionality is under review, and
|
||||
// is derived from wxWidgets 1.xx code. Please contact
|
||||
// the wxWidgets developers for further information.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/list.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/module.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dataobj.h" // for wxDataFormat
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/core/cfref.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxClipboard
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDataObject;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboard : public wxClipboardBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboard)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxClipboard();
|
||||
virtual ~wxClipboard();
|
||||
|
||||
// open the clipboard before SetData() and GetData()
|
||||
virtual bool Open();
|
||||
|
||||
// close the clipboard after SetData() and GetData()
|
||||
virtual void Close();
|
||||
|
||||
// query whether the clipboard is opened
|
||||
virtual bool IsOpened() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// set the clipboard data. all other formats will be deleted.
|
||||
virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data );
|
||||
|
||||
// add to the clipboard data.
|
||||
virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data );
|
||||
|
||||
// ask if data in correct format is available
|
||||
virtual bool IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format );
|
||||
|
||||
// fill data with data on the clipboard (if available)
|
||||
virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data );
|
||||
|
||||
// clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible
|
||||
virtual void Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
// flushes the clipboard: this means that the data which is currently on
|
||||
// clipboard will stay available even after the application exits (possibly
|
||||
// eating memory), otherwise the clipboard will be emptied on exit
|
||||
virtual bool Flush();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxDataObject *m_data;
|
||||
bool m_open;
|
||||
wxCFRef<PasteboardRef> m_pasteboard;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,6 +1,42 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/colordlg.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/colordlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/colordlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxColourDialog class. Use generic version if no
|
||||
// platform-specific implementation.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_COLORDLG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_COLORDLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dialog.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/cmndata.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Platform-specific colour dialog implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourDialog: public wxDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourDialog)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxColourDialog();
|
||||
wxColourDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
int ShowModal();
|
||||
wxColourData& GetColourData() { return m_colourData; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxColourData m_colourData;
|
||||
wxWindow* m_dialogParent;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_COLORDLG_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,164 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/combobox.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/combobox.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/combobox.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxComboBox class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/containr.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/choice.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxComboBoxNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
// forward declaration of private implementation classes
|
||||
|
||||
class wxComboBoxText;
|
||||
class wxComboBoxChoice;
|
||||
|
||||
// Combobox item
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboBox : public wxControl, public wxComboBoxBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboBox)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
virtual ~wxComboBox();
|
||||
|
||||
// forward these functions to all subcontrols
|
||||
virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
|
||||
|
||||
// callback functions
|
||||
virtual void DelegateTextChanged( const wxString& value );
|
||||
virtual void DelegateChoice( const wxString& value );
|
||||
|
||||
wxComboBox() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& value,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
const wxSize& size,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetSelection() const;
|
||||
virtual void SetSelection(int n);
|
||||
virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const;
|
||||
virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s);
|
||||
|
||||
// Text field functions
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value);
|
||||
virtual wxString GetValue() const;
|
||||
virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
|
||||
virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Clipboard operations
|
||||
virtual void Copy();
|
||||
virtual void Cut();
|
||||
virtual void Paste();
|
||||
virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
|
||||
virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
|
||||
virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
|
||||
virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const;
|
||||
virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
|
||||
virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
|
||||
virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
|
||||
virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
|
||||
virtual bool IsEditable() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Undo();
|
||||
virtual void Redo();
|
||||
virtual void SelectAll();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool CanCopy() const;
|
||||
virtual bool CanCut() const;
|
||||
virtual bool CanPaste() const;
|
||||
virtual bool CanUndo() const;
|
||||
virtual bool CanRedo() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxClientDataType GetClientDataType() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool HandleClicked( double timestampsec );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCONTROL_ITEMCONTAINER_CLIENTDATAOBJECT_RECAST
|
||||
|
||||
WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
// List functions
|
||||
virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n);
|
||||
virtual void DoClear();
|
||||
|
||||
// override the base class virtuals involved in geometry calculations
|
||||
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
|
||||
virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
|
||||
unsigned int pos,
|
||||
void **clientData, wxClientDataType type);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
|
||||
virtual void * DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetClientDataType(wxClientDataType clientDataItemsType);
|
||||
|
||||
// the subcontrols
|
||||
wxComboBoxText* m_text;
|
||||
wxComboBoxChoice* m_choice;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,53 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/control.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/control.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: control.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxControl class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_CONTROL_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_CONTROL_H_
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxControlNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
// General item class
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControl : public wxControlBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxControl)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxControl();
|
||||
wxControl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr);
|
||||
virtual ~wxControl();
|
||||
|
||||
// Simulates an event
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); }
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation from now on
|
||||
// --------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// Calls the callback and appropriate event handlers
|
||||
bool ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent &event ) ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_CONTROL_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,55 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/cursor.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/cursor.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/cursor.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxCursor class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_CURSOR_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_CURSOR_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/bitmap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Cursor
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCursor : public wxGDIObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxCursor();
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursor(const wxImage & image) ;
|
||||
wxCursor(const char* const* bits);
|
||||
wxCursor(const wxString& name,
|
||||
wxBitmapType type = wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE,
|
||||
int hotSpotX = 0, int hotSpotY = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
wxCursor(wxStockCursor id) { InitFromStock(id); }
|
||||
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
|
||||
wxCursor(int id) { InitFromStock((wxStockCursor)id); }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
virtual ~wxCursor();
|
||||
|
||||
bool CreateFromXpm(const char* const* bits);
|
||||
|
||||
void MacInstall() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetHCURSOR(WXHCURSOR cursor);
|
||||
WXHCURSOR GetHCURSOR() const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void InitFromStock(wxStockCursor);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const;
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void CreateFromImage(const wxImage & image) ;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursor)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxSetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_CURSOR_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,69 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/dataform.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/dataform.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: mac/dataform.h
|
||||
// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataFormat class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor (lifted from dnd.h)
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 10/21/99
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1999 Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_DATAFORM_H
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_DATAFORM_H
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataFormat
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
typedef unsigned long NativeFormat;
|
||||
|
||||
wxDataFormat();
|
||||
wxDataFormat(wxDataFormatId vType);
|
||||
wxDataFormat(const wxDataFormat& rFormat);
|
||||
wxDataFormat(const wxString& rId);
|
||||
wxDataFormat(const wxChar* pId);
|
||||
wxDataFormat(NativeFormat vFormat);
|
||||
~wxDataFormat();
|
||||
|
||||
wxDataFormat& operator=(NativeFormat vFormat)
|
||||
{ SetId(vFormat); return *this; }
|
||||
|
||||
// comparison (must have both versions)
|
||||
bool operator==(const wxDataFormat& format) const ;
|
||||
bool operator!=(const wxDataFormat& format) const
|
||||
{ return ! ( *this == format ); }
|
||||
bool operator==(wxDataFormatId format) const
|
||||
{ return m_type == (wxDataFormatId)format; }
|
||||
bool operator!=(wxDataFormatId format) const
|
||||
{ return m_type != (wxDataFormatId)format; }
|
||||
|
||||
wxDataFormat& operator=(const wxDataFormat& format);
|
||||
|
||||
// explicit and implicit conversions to NativeFormat which is one of
|
||||
// standard data types (implicit conversion is useful for preserving the
|
||||
// compatibility with old code)
|
||||
NativeFormat GetFormatId() const { return m_format; }
|
||||
operator NativeFormat() const { return m_format; }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetId(NativeFormat format);
|
||||
|
||||
// string ids are used for custom types - this SetId() must be used for
|
||||
// application-specific formats
|
||||
wxString GetId() const;
|
||||
void SetId(const wxString& pId);
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation
|
||||
wxDataFormatId GetType() const { return m_type; }
|
||||
void SetType( wxDataFormatId type );
|
||||
|
||||
// returns true if the format is one of those defined in wxDataFormatId
|
||||
bool IsStandard() const { return m_type > 0 && m_type < wxDF_PRIVATE; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxDataFormatId m_type;
|
||||
NativeFormat m_format;
|
||||
// indicates the type in case of wxDF_PRIVATE :
|
||||
wxString m_id ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_DATAFORM_H
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,37 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/dataobj.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/dataobj.h"
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: mac/dataobj.h
|
||||
// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataObject
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor (adapted from Robert Roebling's gtk port)
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 10/21/99
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998, 1999 Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxDataObject is the same as wxDataObjectBase under wxGTK
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataObject : public wxDataObjectBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxDataObject();
|
||||
#ifdef __DARWIN__
|
||||
virtual ~wxDataObject() { }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool IsSupportedFormat( const wxDataFormat& format, Direction dir = Get ) const;
|
||||
void AddToPasteboard( void * pasteboardRef , int itemID );
|
||||
// returns true if the passed in format is present in the pasteboard
|
||||
static bool IsFormatInPasteboard( void * pasteboardRef, const wxDataFormat &dataFormat );
|
||||
// returns true if any of the accepted formats of this dataobj is in the pasteboard
|
||||
bool HasDataInPasteboard( void * pasteboardRef );
|
||||
bool GetFromPasteboard( void * pasteboardRef );
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,94 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/dataobj2.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/dataobj2.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: mac/dataobj2.h
|
||||
// Purpose: declaration of standard wxDataObjectSimple-derived classes
|
||||
// Author: David Webster (adapted from Robert Roebling's gtk port
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 10/21/99
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998, 1999 Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ2_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ2_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxBitmapDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for bitmaps
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapDataObject : public wxBitmapDataObjectBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors
|
||||
wxBitmapDataObject();
|
||||
wxBitmapDataObject(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
// destr
|
||||
virtual ~wxBitmapDataObject();
|
||||
|
||||
// override base class virtual to update PNG data too
|
||||
virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
// ----------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
virtual size_t GetDataSize() const ;
|
||||
virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const ;
|
||||
virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
|
||||
// Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it)
|
||||
virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GetDataSize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GetDataHere(buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SetData(len, buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
protected :
|
||||
void Init() ;
|
||||
void Clear() ;
|
||||
|
||||
void* m_pictHandle ;
|
||||
bool m_pictCreated ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxFileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for file names
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDataObject : public wxFileDataObjectBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
// ----------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
void AddFile( const wxString &filename );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
|
||||
virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
|
||||
virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
|
||||
// Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it)
|
||||
virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GetDataSize();
|
||||
}
|
||||
virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GetDataHere(buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SetData(len, buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// translates the filenames stored into a utf8 encoded char stream
|
||||
void GetFileNames(wxCharBuffer &buf) const ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_MAC_DATAOBJ2_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,15 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/dc.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/dc.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dc.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxDC class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DC_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DC_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_DC_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,72 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/dcclient.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/dcclient.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dcclient.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxClientDC, wxPaintDC and wxWindowDC classes
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dc.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dcgraph.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// classes
|
||||
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPaintDC;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowDCImpl: public wxGCDCImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxWindowDCImpl( wxDC *owner );
|
||||
wxWindowDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *window );
|
||||
virtual ~wxWindowDCImpl();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
|
||||
virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect *subrect) const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool m_release;
|
||||
int m_width;
|
||||
int m_height;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxWindowDCImpl)
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowDCImpl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClientDCImpl: public wxWindowDCImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxClientDCImpl( wxDC *owner );
|
||||
wxClientDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *window );
|
||||
virtual ~wxClientDCImpl();
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxClientDCImpl)
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxClientDCImpl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaintDCImpl: public wxWindowDCImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxPaintDCImpl( wxDC *owner );
|
||||
wxPaintDCImpl( wxDC *owner, wxWindow *win );
|
||||
virtual ~wxPaintDCImpl();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxPaintDCImpl)
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPaintDCImpl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,46 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/dcmemory.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/dcmemory.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dcmemory.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxMemoryDC class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/dcclient.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMemoryDCImpl: public wxPaintDCImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner );
|
||||
wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxBitmap& bitmap );
|
||||
wxMemoryDCImpl( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxDC *dc );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxMemoryDCImpl();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
|
||||
virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect *subrect) const
|
||||
{ return subrect == NULL ? GetSelectedBitmap() : GetSelectedBitmap().GetSubBitmap(*subrect); }
|
||||
virtual void DoSelect(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual const wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() const
|
||||
{ return m_selected; }
|
||||
virtual wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap()
|
||||
{ return m_selected; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap m_selected;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxMemoryDCImpl)
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryDCImpl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,52 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/dcprint.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/dcprint.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/dcprint.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxPrinterDC class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DCPRINT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DCPRINT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dc.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dcgraph.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/cmndata.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class wxNativePrinterDC ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrinterDCImpl: public wxGCDCImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
|
||||
|
||||
wxPrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& printdata );
|
||||
virtual ~wxPrinterDCImpl();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool StartDoc( const wxString& WXUNUSED(message) ) ;
|
||||
virtual void EndDoc(void) ;
|
||||
virtual void StartPage(void) ;
|
||||
virtual void EndPage(void) ;
|
||||
|
||||
wxRect GetPaperRect() const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; }
|
||||
virtual wxSize GetPPI() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
wxPrintData m_printData ;
|
||||
wxNativePrinterDC* m_nativePrinterDC ;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrinterDC)
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DCPRINT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,35 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/dcscreen.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/dcscreen.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dcscreen.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxScreenDC class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dcclient.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/dcclient.h"
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScreenDCImpl: public wxWindowDCImpl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxScreenDCImpl( wxDC *owner );
|
||||
virtual ~wxScreenDCImpl();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect *subrect) const;
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void* m_overlayWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxScreenDCImpl)
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScreenDCImpl)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,79 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/dialog.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/dialog.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dialog.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxDialog class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DIALOG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DIALOG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/panel.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxDialogNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMacToolTip ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Dialog boxes
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDialog : public wxDialogBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialog)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxDialog() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
// Constructor with no modal flag - the new convention.
|
||||
wxDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxDialog();
|
||||
|
||||
// virtual bool Destroy();
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetModal(bool flag);
|
||||
virtual bool IsModal() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// For now, same as Show(TRUE) but returns return code
|
||||
virtual int ShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
// may be called to terminate the dialog with the given return code
|
||||
virtual void EndModal(int retCode);
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation
|
||||
// --------------
|
||||
|
||||
// show modal dialog and enter modal loop
|
||||
void DoShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// mac also takes command-period as cancel
|
||||
virtual bool IsEscapeKey(const wxKeyEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_isModalStyle;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DIALOG_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,35 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/dirdlg.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/dirdlg.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: dirdlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxDirDialog class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DIRDLG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DIRDLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirDialog : public wxDirDialogBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxDirDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr,
|
||||
const wxString& defaultPath = _T(""),
|
||||
long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int ShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxWindow * m_parent;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirDialog)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_DIRDLG_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,108 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/dnd.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/dnd.h"
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/dnd.h
|
||||
// Purpose: Declaration of the wxDropTarget, wxDropSource class etc.
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_DND_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_DND_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/defs.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/object.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/string.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/dataobj.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/cursor.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// classes
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDropTarget;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextDropTarget;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFileDropTarget;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDropSource;
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// macros
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// this macro may be used instead for wxDropSource ctor arguments: it will use
|
||||
// the icon 'name' from an XPM file under GTK, but will expand to something
|
||||
// else under MSW. If you don't use it, you will have to use #ifdef in the
|
||||
// application code.
|
||||
#define wxDROP_ICON(X) wxCursor(X##_xpm)
|
||||
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxDropTarget
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropTarget: public wxDropTargetBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxDropTarget(wxDataObject *dataObject = (wxDataObject*) NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
virtual wxDragResult OnDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
|
||||
virtual bool OnDrop(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
|
||||
virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
|
||||
virtual bool GetData();
|
||||
|
||||
bool CurrentDragHasSupportedFormat() ;
|
||||
void SetCurrentDrag( void* drag ) { m_currentDrag = drag ; }
|
||||
void* GetCurrentDrag() { return m_currentDrag ; }
|
||||
protected :
|
||||
void* m_currentDrag ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxDropSource
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropSource: public wxDropSourceBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors: if you use default ctor you must call SetData() later!
|
||||
//
|
||||
// NB: the "wxWindow *win" parameter is unused and is here only for wxGTK
|
||||
// compatibility, as well as both icon parameters
|
||||
wxDropSource( wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)NULL,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor);
|
||||
|
||||
/* constructor for setting one data object */
|
||||
wxDropSource( wxDataObject& data,
|
||||
wxWindow *win,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor,
|
||||
const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxDropSource();
|
||||
|
||||
// do it (call this in response to a mouse button press, for example)
|
||||
// params: if bAllowMove is false, data can be only copied
|
||||
virtual wxDragResult DoDragDrop(int flags = wxDrag_CopyOnly);
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindow* GetWindow() { return m_window ; }
|
||||
void SetCurrentDrag( void* drag ) { m_currentDrag = drag ; }
|
||||
void* GetCurrentDrag() { return m_currentDrag ; }
|
||||
bool MacInstallDefaultCursor(wxDragResult effect) ;
|
||||
protected :
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindow *m_window;
|
||||
void* m_currentDrag ;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
//_WX_DND_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,49 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/filedlg.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/filedlg.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: filedlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxFileDialog class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_FILEDLG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_FILEDLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxFileDialog
|
||||
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDialog: public wxFileDialogBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog)
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxArrayString m_fileNames;
|
||||
wxArrayString m_paths;
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
|
||||
const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
|
||||
long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const { paths = m_paths; }
|
||||
virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& files) const { files = m_fileNames ; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int ShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// not supported for file dialog, RR
|
||||
virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height),
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_FILEDLG_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,139 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/font.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/font.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: font.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxFont class
|
||||
// Author: Julian Smart
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_FONT_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_FONT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// wxFont
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFont : public wxFontBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// ctors and such
|
||||
wxFont() { }
|
||||
|
||||
#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
|
||||
wxFont(int size,
|
||||
int family,
|
||||
int style,
|
||||
int weight,
|
||||
bool underlined = false,
|
||||
const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(void)Create(size, (wxFontFamily)family, (wxFontStyle)style, (wxFontWeight)weight, underlined, face, encoding);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont(int size,
|
||||
wxFontFamily family,
|
||||
wxFontStyle style,
|
||||
wxFontWeight weight,
|
||||
bool underlined = false,
|
||||
const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(size, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(int size,
|
||||
wxFontFamily family,
|
||||
wxFontStyle style,
|
||||
wxFontWeight weight,
|
||||
bool underlined = false,
|
||||
const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont(const wxNativeFontInfo& info)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(void)Create(info);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont(const wxString& fontDesc);
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(const wxNativeFontInfo& info);
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_ATSU_TEXT
|
||||
bool MacCreateFromThemeFont( wxUint16 themeFontID ) ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_CORE_TEXT
|
||||
bool MacCreateFromUIFont( wxUint32 coreTextFontType );
|
||||
bool MacCreateFromCTFontDescriptor( const void * ctFontDescriptor, int pointSize = 0 );
|
||||
bool MacCreateFromCTFont( const void * ctFont );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxFont();
|
||||
|
||||
// implement base class pure virtuals
|
||||
virtual int GetPointSize() const;
|
||||
virtual wxSize GetPixelSize() const;
|
||||
virtual wxFontFamily GetFamily() const;
|
||||
virtual wxFontStyle GetStyle() const;
|
||||
virtual wxFontWeight GetWeight() const;
|
||||
virtual bool GetUnderlined() const;
|
||||
virtual wxString GetFaceName() const;
|
||||
virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const;
|
||||
virtual const wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetPointSize(int pointSize);
|
||||
virtual void SetFamily(wxFontFamily family);
|
||||
virtual void SetStyle(wxFontStyle style);
|
||||
virtual void SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight);
|
||||
virtual bool SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName);
|
||||
virtual void SetUnderlined(bool underlined);
|
||||
virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
|
||||
|
||||
WXDECLARE_COMPAT_SETTERS
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation only from now on
|
||||
// -------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool RealizeResource();
|
||||
|
||||
// Unofficial API, don't use
|
||||
virtual void SetNoAntiAliasing( bool noAA = TRUE ) ;
|
||||
virtual bool GetNoAntiAliasing() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Mac-specific, risks to change, don't use in portable code
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_ATSU_TEXT
|
||||
// 'old' Quickdraw accessors
|
||||
short MacGetFontNum() const;
|
||||
short MacGetFontSize() const;
|
||||
wxByte MacGetFontStyle() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// 'new' ATSUI accessors
|
||||
wxUint32 MacGetATSUFontID() const;
|
||||
wxUint32 MacGetATSUAdditionalQDStyles() const;
|
||||
wxUint16 MacGetThemeFontID() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns an ATSUStyle not ATSUStyle*
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_CORE_TEXT
|
||||
const void * MacGetCTFont() const;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_CORE_TEXT || wxOSX_USE_ATSU_TEXT
|
||||
void* MacGetATSUStyle() const ;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const;
|
||||
virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
void Unshare();
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_FONT_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,173 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/fontdlg.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/fontdlg.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/fontdlg.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxFontDialog class using fonts window services (10.2+).
|
||||
// Author: Ryan Norton
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 2004-09-25
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_FONTDLG_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_FONTDLG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/dialog.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/cmndata.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Font dialog
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* support old notation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef wxMAC_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG
|
||||
#define wxOSX_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG wxMAC_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef wxOSX_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG
|
||||
#define wxOSX_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontDialog : public wxDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxFontDialog();
|
||||
wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data);
|
||||
virtual ~wxFontDialog();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
int ShowModal();
|
||||
wxFontData& GetFontData() { return m_fontData; }
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxFontData m_fontData;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxFontDialog)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
extern "C" int RunMixedFontDialog(wxFontDialog* dialog) ;
|
||||
|
||||
#else // wxOSX_USE_EXPERIMENTAL_FONTDIALOG
|
||||
|
||||
#if !USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* Forward declarations
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class wxFontColourSwatchCtrl;
|
||||
class wxFontPreviewCtrl;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrl;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinEvent;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListBox;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoice;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox;
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* Control identifiers
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_FACENAME 20001
|
||||
#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_FONTSIZE 20002
|
||||
#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_BOLD 20003
|
||||
#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_ITALIC 20004
|
||||
#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_UNDERLINED 20005
|
||||
#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_COLOUR 20006
|
||||
#define wxID_FONTDIALOG_PREVIEW 20007
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// !USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontDialog: public wxDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontDialog)
|
||||
|
||||
#if !USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxFontDialog();
|
||||
wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data);
|
||||
virtual ~wxFontDialog();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
int ShowModal();
|
||||
wxFontData& GetFontData() { return m_fontData; }
|
||||
bool IsShown() const;
|
||||
void OnPanelClose();
|
||||
void SetData(const wxFontData& data);
|
||||
|
||||
#if !USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX
|
||||
|
||||
/// Creates the controls and sizers
|
||||
void CreateControls();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize font
|
||||
void InitializeFont();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set controls according to current font
|
||||
void InitializeControls();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Respond to font change
|
||||
void ChangeFont();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Respond to colour change
|
||||
void OnColourChanged(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
/// wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_FACENAME
|
||||
void OnFontdialogFacenameSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
|
||||
|
||||
/// wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRL_UPDATED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_FONTSIZE
|
||||
void OnFontdialogFontsizeUpdated( wxSpinEvent& event );
|
||||
|
||||
/// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_FONTSIZE
|
||||
void OnFontdialogFontsizeTextUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
|
||||
|
||||
/// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_BOLD
|
||||
void OnFontdialogBoldClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
|
||||
|
||||
/// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_ITALIC
|
||||
void OnFontdialogItalicClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
|
||||
|
||||
/// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for wxID_FONTDIALOG_UNDERLINED
|
||||
void OnFontdialogUnderlinedClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
|
||||
|
||||
/// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for wxID_OK
|
||||
void OnOkClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
|
||||
|
||||
/// Should we show tooltips?
|
||||
static bool ShowToolTips();
|
||||
|
||||
wxListBox* m_facenameCtrl;
|
||||
wxSpinCtrl* m_sizeCtrl;
|
||||
wxCheckBox* m_boldCtrl;
|
||||
wxCheckBox* m_italicCtrl;
|
||||
wxCheckBox* m_underlinedCtrl;
|
||||
wxFontColourSwatchCtrl* m_colourCtrl;
|
||||
wxFontPreviewCtrl* m_previewCtrl;
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont m_dialogFont;
|
||||
bool m_suppressUpdates;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// !USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxWindow* m_dialogParent;
|
||||
wxFontData m_fontData;
|
||||
void* m_pEventHandlerRef;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_FONTDLG_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,126 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/frame.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/frame.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: frame.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxFrame class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_FRAME_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_FRAME_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/window.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/toolbar.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/accel.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/icon.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxToolBarNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuBar;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStatusBar;
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMacToolTip ;
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFrame: public wxFrameBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
// construction
|
||||
wxFrame() { Init(); }
|
||||
wxFrame(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxFrame();
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation only from now on
|
||||
// -------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// get the origin of the client area (which may be different from (0, 0)
|
||||
// if the frame has a toolbar) in client coordinates
|
||||
virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
|
||||
|
||||
// override some more virtuals
|
||||
virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// event handlers
|
||||
void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
// Toolbar
|
||||
#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = -1,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void SetToolBar(wxToolBar *toolbar);
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
|
||||
// Status bar
|
||||
#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
|
||||
virtual wxStatusBar* OnCreateStatusBar(int number = 1,
|
||||
long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxStatusLineNameStr);
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
|
||||
|
||||
// called by wxWindow whenever it gets focus
|
||||
void SetLastFocus(wxWindow *win) { m_winLastFocused = win; }
|
||||
wxWindow *GetLastFocus() const { return m_winLastFocused; }
|
||||
|
||||
void PositionBars();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
void Init();
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
virtual void PositionToolBar();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
|
||||
virtual void PositionStatusBar();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// override base class virtuals
|
||||
virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
|
||||
virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_MENUS
|
||||
virtual void DetachMenuBar();
|
||||
virtual void AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// osx specific event handling common for all osx-ports
|
||||
virtual void HandleResized( double timestampsec );
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// the last focused child: we restore focus to it on activation
|
||||
wxWindow *m_winLastFocused;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool MacIsChildOfClientArea( const wxWindow* child ) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrame)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_FRAME_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,56 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/gauge.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/gauge.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: gauge.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxGauge class
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_GAUGE_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_GAUGE_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/control.h"
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(extern const char) wxGaugeNameStr[];
|
||||
|
||||
// Group box
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGauge: public wxGaugeBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
inline wxGauge() { }
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxGauge(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
int range,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, range, pos, size, style, validator, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
int range,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
|
||||
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr);
|
||||
|
||||
// set gauge range/value
|
||||
virtual void SetRange(int range);
|
||||
virtual void SetValue(int pos);
|
||||
virtual int GetValue() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
void Pulse();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxGauge)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// _WX_GAUGE_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -1,5 +1,154 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC_CLASSIC__
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/classic/glcanvas.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include "wx/osx/carbon/glcanvas.h"
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
// Name: wx/mac/carbon/glcanvas.h
|
||||
// Purpose: wxGLCanvas, for using OpenGL with wxWidgets under Macintosh
|
||||
// Author: Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Modified by:
|
||||
// Created: 1998-01-01
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
|
||||
#define _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <OpenGL/gl.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// low level calls
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_GL WXGLContext WXGLCreateContext( WXGLPixelFormat pixelFormat, WXGLContext shareContext );
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_GL void WXGLDestroyContext( WXGLContext context );
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_GL WXGLContext WXGLGetCurrentContext();
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_GL void WXGLSwapBuffers( WXGLContext context );
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_GL WXGLPixelFormat WXGLChoosePixelFormat(const int *attribList);
|
||||
WXDLLIMPEXP_GL void WXGLDestroyPixelFormat( WXGLPixelFormat pixelFormat );
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLContext : public wxGLContextBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxGLContext(wxGLCanvas *win, const wxGLContext *other = NULL);
|
||||
virtual ~wxGLContext();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool SetCurrent(const wxGLCanvas& win) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Mac-specific
|
||||
WXGLContext GetWXGLContext() const { return m_glContext; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
WXGLContext m_glContext;
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGLContext)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLCanvas : public wxGLCanvasBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const int *attribList = NULL,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
|
||||
const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
|
||||
const int *attribList = NULL,
|
||||
const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxGLCanvas();
|
||||
|
||||
// implement wxGLCanvasBase methods
|
||||
virtual bool SwapBuffers();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Mac-specific functions
|
||||
// ----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// return true if multisample extension is supported
|
||||
static bool IsAGLMultiSampleAvailable();
|
||||
|
||||
// return the pixel format used by this window
|
||||
WXGLPixelFormat GetWXGLPixelFormat() const { return m_glFormat; }
|
||||
|
||||
// update the view port of the current context to match this window
|
||||
void SetViewport();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// deprecated methods
|
||||
// ------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
|
||||
wxDEPRECATED(
|
||||
wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
|
||||
const int *attribList = NULL,
|
||||
const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
wxDEPRECATED(
|
||||
wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxGLContext *shared,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
|
||||
const int *attribList = NULL,
|
||||
const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
wxDEPRECATED(
|
||||
wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxGLCanvas *shared,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
|
||||
const int *attribList = NULL,
|
||||
const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette)
|
||||
);
|
||||
#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation-only from now on
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON
|
||||
// Unlike some other platforms, this must get called if you override it,
|
||||
// i.e. don't forget "event.Skip()" in your EVT_SIZE handler
|
||||
void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void MacSuperChangedPosition();
|
||||
virtual void MacTopLevelWindowChangedPosition();
|
||||
virtual void MacVisibilityChanged();
|
||||
|
||||
void MacUpdateView();
|
||||
|
||||
GLint GetAglBufferName() const { return m_bufferName; }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
WXGLPixelFormat m_glFormat;
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON
|
||||
bool m_macCanvasIsShown,
|
||||
m_needsUpdate;
|
||||
WXGLContext m_dummyContext;
|
||||
GLint m_bufferName;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxGLCanvas)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
|
||||
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user